Form 10-K
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission file number: 001-16123

 

 

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.

 

 

New York   11-3504638

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

212 West 35th Street, 2nd Floor New York, New York   10123
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (212) 356-9500

 

 

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: None

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Common Shares, par value $0.02 per share

(Title of class)

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the past 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company (all as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $45,231,000 as of the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter of 2011.

As of March 13, 2012 there were 36,966,672 shares issued and outstanding of the registrant’s Common Shares, par value $0.02 per share.

 

 

Documents incorporated by reference:

Portions of the Proxy Statement to be filed for the Company’s 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Item         Page  

 

     

 

 

 
PART I   
1.   

Business

     3   
1A.   

Risk Factors

     11   
1B.   

Unresolved Staff Comments

     19   
2.   

Properties

     19   
3.   

Legal Proceedings

     20   
4.   

Mine Safety Disclosures

     20   
PART II   
5.   

Market for the Registrant’s Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

     21   
6.   

Selected Financial Data

     21   
7.   

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

     22   
7A.   

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

     49   
8.   

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

     49   
9.   

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     49   
9A.   

Controls and Procedures

     50   
9B.   

Other Information

     52   
PART III   
10.   

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

     52   
11.   

Executive Compensation

     52   
12.   

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters

     52   
13.   

Certain Relationships, Related Party Transactions and Director Independence

     52   
14.   

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

     52   
PART IV   
15.   

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

     53   
  

Signatures

     55   
  

Exhibits Index

     57   
  

Financial Statements

     F-1   

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Newtek Business Services, Inc. (“we,” the “Company” or “Newtek”), “The Small Business Authority”®, provides financial and business services to the small- and medium-sized business market. Our new website, www.thesba.com, and our heightened branding strategy enable us to offer small businesses the ability to grow and prosper by obtaining:

 

 

Electronic Payment Processing: Credit card, debit card, check conversion and ACH processing solutions

 

 

Ecommerce Services: Combinations of payment processing, online shopping cart tools, web site design, web hosting and web related services which enable businesses to establish a presence and commercial capability on the Internet in a quick and simple fashion

 

 

Managed Technology Solutions: Full service web hosting, including domain registration and online shopping cart tools; cloud computing plans and customized web design and development services

 

 

Data Backup, Storage and Retrieval: Fast, secure, off-site data backup, storage and retrieval

 

 

Business Lending: Business loans to start up, acquire or expand a business

 

 

Accounts Receivable Financing: Receivable financing and management services

 

 

Insurance Services: Nationwide commercial, health and benefits, and personal lines of insurance

 

 

Payroll: Payroll management processing and employee tax filing.

During 2011 we derived revenue through the sale of a business service or product to over 100,000 business accounts. We use state of the art, web-based proprietary technology to provide low cost products and services to our small- and medium-sized business clients. We acquire our customers through internal and independent sales teams and referrals through alliances with Fortune 500® companies, community banks, credit unions and others, all of whom have elected to offer one or more of our business services and financial products rather than try to provide them directly for their customers or members. Our alliance partners have historically interfaced with Newtek through their use of our patented, proprietary NewTracker® referral and tracking system which enables complete transparency in the referral process. The year 2011 represented a new change for Newtek in that we have placed major emphasis and resources behind the development of a coordinated marketing and media program focused on our branding strategy featuring The Small Business Authority website, all intended to present the Company as the authoritative presence in the small- and medium-sized business space across many areas of operations.

History

Newtek is a corporation formed under the laws of New York that serves as a holding company for several wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries. We were founded in 1998 to provide debt and equity financing to small- and medium-sized businesses. We have since developed our branded line of business and financial products and services for the small- and medium-sized business market. At December 31, 2011, we had 36 subsidiaries most of which are direct providers of financial and business services.

Initially, Newtek was the sponsor of a total of 16 certified capital companies, which we call Capcos, now reduced to 12. We have not created any new Capcos since 2005, although we continue to make investments in and loans to small businesses through our existing Capcos and meet the goals of the Capco programs. We are now concentrating our efforts on becoming “The Small Business Authority” by creating a distribution channel for business and financial services provided by our subsidiaries, affiliates or marketing partners for the small- and medium-sized business market supported by the media attention generated by our monthly small business index, small business market sentiment survey, monthly small business radio show on 77WABC, the monthly small business newsletter distributed free of charge to visitors to our website, and other advertising.

Business Strategy

Key elements of our strategy to grow our business are:

 

 

Continue to focus our business model to serve the small- and medium-sized business market. We are focused on developing and marketing business and financial products and services aimed at the small- and medium-sized business market. Our target market represents a very significant marketplace in the United States based on non-farm private gross domestic product (“GDP”). According to statistics published by the U.S. Small Business Administration (the “SBA”),

 

3


Table of Contents
 

approximately 51% of the GDP in the United States comes from small businesses and approximately 99% of businesses in the United States which have one or more employees fit into this market segment. Our business model is to get that market to view us as “The Small Business Authority” and come to depend on us as their source for business and financial services as well as the business information they need. We intend to continue to leverage the Newtek® and The Small Business Authority® brands as a one-stop-shop provider for the small- and medium sized business market.

 

 

Continue to implement a strategy of acquiring customers and processing their business at low cost. We seek to acquire customers at a low cost through a national strategy centered on our alliance partners, internet marketing, coordinated marketing, social media and our NewTracker technology. Our alliance partners use our proprietary NewTracker referral system to refer customers to us for sales and customer tracking and processing. NewTracker distributes the referral to our appropriate business segment or segments for fulfillment while keeping our alliance partners up to date on the customer’s progress in real time with detailed documentation. We use the same proprietary system as our gateway for direct sales through our websites and our BizExec program. In addition, during 2011 we placed significant resources into direct media advertising under the banner of our The Small Business Authority mark. This was formally rolled out in January 2011 and ties together significant national media exposure through television and radio advertising, design and production of our “Small Business Index”™ and “SB Market Sentiment Surveys” ™ reflecting our polling and assessment of business conditions for small- and medium-sized businesses, the active use of social media marketing, and website (www.thesba.com).

 

 

Continue to develop our state-of-the-art technology to process business applications and financial transactions. We are updating our proprietary systems to take advantage of technological advances that provide state of the art enhancements in client service and process controls which lead to lower costs.

 

 

Continue our focus on the Internet and The Small Business Authority mark. Our major goal for 2012 and the future is to focus the Small Business Authority branding strategy is to establish thesba.com as the online destination spot for small business. During 2011 we built out this website to include current state-of-the art small business news, monthly measurement of the small business economy, monthly measurement of small business owners’ market sentiment, monthly tips for business owners, cost savings and discounts on small business products and services and views on the latest news out of Washington, D.C. or state government affecting independent business owners. Features of thesba.com that have impact on small business owners include:

 

   

Free monthly newsletters designed and written for independent, small business owners

 

   

The Small Business Authority Index™

 

   

The Small Business Authority Market Sentiment Survey

 

   

Regular news reports and updates about the economy for the small business owner

 

   

Informative and engaging SB authority informational videos

 

   

Pertinent information on acquiring products and services for independent business owners to prosper

 

 

Continue to fulfill our obligations under the current Capco programs. Our emphasis is on continuing our exemplary regulatory compliance program in order to complete successfully the investment cycles for all Capcos. At December 31, 2011, we had reached the final minimum investment requirements in all Capco programs in which we participated. We believe this ensures that 100% of the tax credits related to the programs are beyond risk of recapture. In addition, as of that date, all of the cash payments required to be made to the investors have been made. As the Capcos reach 100 percent investment we will seek to decertify them as Capcos, liquidate their remaining assets and thereby reduce our operational costs, particularly the legal and accounting costs associated with compliance. Five of our original Capcos have reached this stage.

Principal Business Segments

Overview

The Company’s principal business segments, which we operate in a coordinated manner in order to provide business and financial services to the small- and medium-sized business market, are:

Electronic Payment Processing: Marketing third party credit card processing and check approval services to the small- and medium-sized business market under the name of Newtek Merchant Solutions.

 

4


Table of Contents

Managed Technology Solutions: CrystalTech Web Hosting, Inc., d/b/a/ Newtek Technology Services (“NTS”), offers shared and dedicated web hosting, data storage and backup services, cloud computing plan and related services to the small- and medium-sized business market.

Small Business Finance: The segment is comprised of Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. (“NSBF”), a nationally licensed, SBA lender that originates, sells and services loans to qualifying small businesses, which are partially guaranteed by the SBA, and CDS Business Services, Inc. d/b/a Newtek Business Credit (“NBC”), which provides receivable financing and management services.

All Other: Businesses formed from investments made through Capco programs and others which cannot be aggregated with other operating segments, including insurance and payroll processing.

Corporate Activities: Corporate implements business strategy, directs marketing, provides technology oversight and guidance, coordinates and integrates activities of the segments, contracts with alliance partners, acquirers customer opportunities and owns our proprietary NewTracker referral system. This segment includes revenue and expenses not allocated to other segments, including interest income, Capco management fee income and corporate operations expenses.

Capcos: Twelve certified capital companies which invest in small- and medium-sized businesses. They generate non-cash income from tax credits and non-cash interest and insurance expenses in addition to cash management fees.

Financial information for each segment can be found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition, Segment Results and Note 24-Segment Reporting to the Consolidated Financial Statements, below.

Electronic Payment Processing

Newtek Merchant Solutions (“NMS”) markets credit and debit card processing services, check approval services and ancillary processing equipment and software to merchants who accept credit cards, debit cards, checks and other non-cash forms of payment. New merchants are acquired through several sales channels. Our primary focus is on developing new merchant sales leads as a result of internal sales efforts and our direct marketing under “The Small Business Authority” brand. NMS has targeted the marketing of its array of services under agreements with alliance partners, which are principally financial institutions, including banks, credit unions and other related businesses that are able to refer potential customers to NMS through Newtek’s NewTracker referral system. In addition, we enter into agreements with independent sales agents throughout the country. These referring organizations and associations are typically paid a percentage of the processing revenue derived from the respective merchants that they successfully refer to us. In 2011, we processed merchant transactions with a sales volume exceeding $3.8 billion including merchant portfolios operated by our other subsidiaries which are serviced by NMS. Our customer base and the related sales volume processed by us has grown significantly during each year of operations since 2002 through a combination of organic growth in customers as well as selective merchant portfolio acquisitions. Our merchant base has grown from approximately 1,200 merchants at the end of 2002 to approximately 14,200 merchants at the end of 2011. Similarly, total sales volume in 2011 exceeded $3.8 billion, up over $200 million from the previous year.

We maintain two main customer service and sales support offices in Milwaukee, Wisconsin and Brownsville, Texas with additional specialists located in Phoenix, Arizona and New York. Our personnel at these locations assist merchants with initial installation of equipment and on-going service, as well as any other special processing needs that they may have.

Because we are not a bank, we are unable to belong to and directly access the Visa® and MasterCard® bankcard associations and we must be sponsored by a bank in order to process bankcard transactions. We are currently registered with Visa® and MasterCard® through the sponsorship of two banks that are members of the card associations. Prior to October 2009 our entire portfolio had been with NCMIC Financial Corporation (“NCMIC”). In October 2009 we moved a significant portion of our merchant portfolio from NCMIC to Wells Fargo Bank, and in January 2011 we moved the remainder of our portfolio to Redwood Merchant Services, a division of Westamerica Bank.

Our electronic payment processing businesses rely on our ability to obtain data processing services. There are two aspects to the processing: the initial authorization of a payment (referred to as the “front-end processing”) and the merchant credit and cardholder charge transaction (the “back end processing”). In 2009, we signed agreements with Wells Fargo Bank to diversify our processing operations and with First Data Corporation to reduce our costs. We contract with several large-scale data processing companies to provide the front-end and back-end processing (Chase Paymentech Solutions, LLC, First Data Merchant Services Corporation (multiple platforms), Total Systems Services, Inc. (TSYS), and National Processing Company (NPC)); these multiple platforms allow us to compete more effectively, reduce our risk of reliance on any one source, and give us the option of utilizing different processors to match the needs of particular merchants or situations. As our merchant base has grown, we believe that we have been able to achieve greater economies of scale in terms of negotiating the cost structure for providing such settlement services.

 

5


Table of Contents

During 2011 we made an investment in Secure Gateway Services, LLC, which has the software and experience to provide a processing gateway facility for our payment processing business, and should lead to reduced processing costs.

As a result of our exposure to liability for merchant fraud, charge-backs and other losses inherent in the merchant payment processing business, we have developed practices and policies which attempt to assess and reduce these risks. Activities in which we engage in order to mitigate such risks are:

 

 

underwriting the initial application of a merchant to identify unusual risks, structuring the relationship in a manner consistent with acceptable risks and, where possible, obtaining a personal or parent corporation guarantee from the merchant;

 

 

monitoring the daily and monthly activity of each merchant to identify any departures from normative charging behavior of each merchant and monitoring the largest of our merchants and those with high levels of refunds or charge-backs, so as to ensure an opportunity to address any credit or charge-back liability problems at the earliest possible time; and

 

 

requiring high-risk merchants to agree to the establishment of cash reserves to protect us against merchant failures to pay for charge-backs and other fees, and making adjustments in these reserves as merchant experience indicates.

Our development and growth is focused on selling our services to internally generated referrals, merchant referrals identified for us by our alliance partners, and by our independent sales representatives. We are different than most electronic payment processing companies who acquire their clients primarily through independent agents. We believe that our business model provides us with a competitive advantage by enabling us to acquire new electronic payment processing merchants at a lower cost level for third-party commissions than the industry average. Our business model allows us to own the customer as well as the stream of residual payments, as opposed to models which rely more heavily on independent sales agents. We also believe that merchants obtained as a result of our alliance referrals and internal sales efforts are more directly loyal to Newtek than those of competitors that rely primarily on independent sales agents to bring merchants to them.

Managed Technology Solutions

Through our subsidiary, CrystalTech Web Hosting, Inc. d/b/a Newtek Technology Services® (“NTS), we provide website hosting, dedicated server hosting, cloud hosting, web design and development, internet marketing, ecommerce, data storage and backup, and other related services to more than 144,000 customer accounts in over 115 countries.

NTS provides a full suite of outsourced IT infrastructure services, including shared server hosting, dedicated server hosting, and cloud server (virtual) instances under the Newtek Technology Services®, Newtek Web Services®, Newtek Web Hosting, and CrystalTech® brands, for which it receives recurring monthly fees, as well as other fees such as set-up fees, consulting fees, domain name registration, among others. Ninety percent of all fees are paid in advance by credit card.

With the launch of our cloud server offering, NTS has broadened its hosting services to include a consumption-based hosting model that allows customers to pay only for the resources they need, which not only saves them money compared to traditional server hosting, but also enables them to scale larger or smaller on demand.

NTS delivers services not just to customers seeking hosting, but also to wholesalers, resellers, and web developers by offering a range of tools for them to build, resell, and deliver their web content. NTS primarily uses the Microsoft Windows® 2008 R2 platform to power its technology. Microsoft has described NTS as one of the largest hosting services in the world providing Microsoft Windows hosting. NTS also offers Linux-based web hosting services. NTS currently operates a 5,000 square foot fortress-strength data center located in Scottsdale, Arizona, utilizing redundant networking, electrical and back-up systems, affording customers what management believes to be a state-of-the-art level of performance and security. NTS is PCI certified, Service Organization Control 1 (“SOC1”) audited, and is currently completing a SASE 16 audit, all of which mean that it meets the highest industry standards for data security.

Throughout its operations as a Newtek company, over seventy percent of new NTS customers have come as a result of referrals without material expenditures by the Company for marketing or advertising. Many of NTS’s competitors are very price sensitive, offering minimal services at cut-rate pricing. While being cost competitive with most Linux- and Windows-based web hosting services, NTS has emphasized higher quality uptime, service and support.

NTS has diversified its product offerings to small- and medium-sized businesses under different brands, all under Newtek Technology Services, including Newtek Web Services, Newtek Data Storage® and Newtek Web Design and Development®. NTS focuses specifically on select markets such as restaurants, financial institutions, medical practices, law firms, accountants, retail and technology service providers for channel business and reselling.

 

6


Table of Contents

NTS has also launched a turnkey hosting service to meet financial institution needs for dedicated servers, hosting and/or data storage, enabling these entities to comply with strict regulatory requirements that demand very high security protocols and practices be in place.

Small Business Finance

We originate SBA loans and offer accounts receivable financing and other lending products essential for small- and medium-sized businesses. In addition, we provide small business loan servicing and consulting to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corp (“FDIC”).

Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. (“NSBF”) specializes in originating, servicing and selling small business loans guaranteed by the SBA for the purpose of acquiring commercial real estate, machinery, equipment and inventory and to refinance debt and fund franchises, working capital and business acquisitions. NSBF is one of 14 SBA licensed Small Business Lending Corporations that provide loans nationwide under the federal Section 7(a) loan program (“SBA 7(a) loans”). NSBF has received preferred lender program (PLP) status, a designation whereby the SBA authorizes the most experienced SBA lenders to place SBA guarantees on loans without seeking prior SBA review and approval. Being a national lender, PLP status allows NSBF to serve its clients in an expedited manner since it is not required to present applications to the SBA for concurrent review and approval. In December 2010, Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) Ratings Services added NSBF to their Select Servicer List which has been helpful to the Company in obtaining additional outside servicing contracts.

We originate loans ranging from $50,000 to $5,000,000 to both startup and existing businesses, who use the funds for a wide range of business needs including:

 

 

opening, expanding or acquiring a business or franchise: $50,000 to $5,000,000;

 

 

financing working capital:

 

   

SBA term loans: at least $50,000

 

   

Purchase equipment: $25,000 to $5,000,000

 

 

purchasing owner-occupied commercial real estate and leasehold improvements: up to $5,000,000; and

 

 

refinancing existing non-real-estate business debt: $25,000 to $5,000,000.

Late in 2009, we were selected by the FDIC as its contractor to manage and service portfolios of SBA 7(a) loans acquired by the FDIC from failed financial institutions. At such time as we are directed to do so, we will assist in the packaging of these loans for sale by the FDIC. Our existing servicing facilities and personnel will perform these activities supplemented by contract workers as needed. The eventual size of the portfolio we will service for the FDIC will depend on the level of bank failures and the needs of the FDIC in managing portfolios acquired from those banks. As of December 31, 2011, we were servicing approximately $136,000,000 in loans under this contract.

In December 2010 and December 2011, NSBF structured a securitization transaction which enabled it to sell approximately $43,500,000 of the unguaranteed portions of loans it has originated in 2011 and previous years. The securities sold were rated AA by S&P. NSBF typically retains the unguaranteed portions of the loans it originates and incurs related warehouse financing costs. With the sale, NSBF was able to create significant liquidity which was used to pay down the warehouse line and to fund new loans.

We also offer accounts receivable financing and management services through CDS Business Services, Inc. d/b/a Newtek Business Credit (“NBC”). Through this service, small- and medium-sized businesses can obtain $10,000 to $1,000,000 per month through the sale of their trade receivables. In addition, NBC offers back office receivables services for small businesses, such as billing and cash collections.

In addition, we offer merchant cash advance services to our small business customers, under which merchants obtain cash by selling future credit card receivables at a discount. Under this program, the merchant receives the purchase amount upfront and agrees to have a set percentage of the credit card sales deducted from its daily deposits and remitted back until the purchase amount is repaid; in most cases we process the payment streams. We offer these services as an agent for third party providers and are not taking on credit risk in connection with these services.

All Other: Insurance and Payroll Processing Services

We offer small business insurance products and services through Newtek Insurance Agency, LLC (“NIA”), which is licensed in 50 states. We serve as a retail and wholesale agency specializing in the sale of personal, commercial and health/benefits lines insurance products to customers of all our affiliated companies as well as our alliance partners. We offer insurance products from multiple insurance carriers providing a wide range of choice for our customers. We have formed a strategic alliance with Chartis (formerly AIG Small Business) to provide agent services to small business clients. We are continuing our efforts to implement programs with alliance partners to market commercial and personal insurance.

 

7


Table of Contents

During 2011 we placed significant emphasis on developing the business conducted by our majority-owned, affiliated company operating under the trade name of “Newtek Payroll Services.” This investment was originally made in 2010, and enables the Company to offer an array of industry standard and very competitively priced payroll management, payment and tax reporting services to small- and medium-sized businesses. Based in New York, Newtek Payroll Services has built up its business to approximately 72 customers in 25 states with total payroll under management of approximately 700 employees. These payroll services are being marketed through all of our available channels including the alliance partnerships and our direct marketing campaigns.

Corporate Activities

Corporate implements business strategy, directs marketing, provides technology oversight and guidance, coordinates and integrates activities of the segments, contracts with alliance partners, acquires customer opportunities and owns our proprietary NewTracker referral system and all other intellectual property rights. This segment includes revenue and expenses not allocated to other segments, including interest income, Capco management fee income and corporate operations expenses.

Certified Capital Companies

We have deemphasized our Capco business in favor of growing our operating businesses and do not anticipate creating any new Capcos. While observing all requirements of the Capco programs and, in particular, financing qualified businesses meeting applicable state requirements as to limitations on the proportion of ownership of qualified businesses, we have been able to use this funding source as a means to facilitate the growth of our businesses, which are strategically focused on providing goods and services to small businesses such as those in which our Capcos invest. We continue to invest in and lend to small businesses through our existing Capcos and meet the goals of the Capco programs.

Marketing

Overview

We position ourselves as a provider of business and financial services to the small to medium business sector in the United States. Through integrated marketing and sales of each service line we control our customer’s experience in order to provide high quality service to both our marketing partners and potential customers. We reach potential customers through our multi-channel approach featuring direct, indirect and indirect outbound solicitation efforts.

Although we continue to utilize and grow our core marketing channel of strategic alliance partners, we have initiated a direct marketing strategy to the small- and medium-sized business customers through our new “go to market” brand, “The Small Business Authority.” Through this brand we are establishing ourselves as the authority in each of the service lines we provide through a coordinated radio and television advertising campaign built around our new web presence, www.thesba.com. We continue to market through our bilingual 24/7 call center which we believe is a valuable feature for most small business owners that need help during non-business hours and on weekends. We use web-based applications as an in-house tool to help our employees and associates to be efficient, smart and productive. Instead of using expensive, six-figured salaried employees that a typical bank or an insurance agency would use to market financial products and business services to small- and medium-sized business customers, we use technology and dedicated loyal non-executive-salary-plus-bonus employees. The addition of the direct to market strategy through promotion of our new web site supports our goal to maintain costs and retain greater margin on each transaction as well as providing our competent in house business service specialists the ability to create a second and third service opportunity.

We believe that our business service specialists on all product lines understand the needs of the small business owner. Each business service specialists in the enterprise has recently completed our “Newtek University” which provides in depth training and techniques in identifying qualified opportunities across all of Newtek’s service offerings. We conduct telephone interviews and targeted surveys with our customers across all product lines to deepen our understanding of their needs. We have tailored our procedures so our small- and medium-sized business customers do not have to fill out multiple handwritten forms or type multiple data entry screens, which we believe is the most aggravating factor facing our customers. We have modeled our back-office and business operations after customer centered operational models. We stress our responsive customer service and we endeavor to excel in addressing and resolving issues and problems that our customers may face. We are now providing our 24/7 customer service functions in Spanish as well as English to service the growing Hispanic-owned and -operated small business customer base in the United States.

 

8


Table of Contents

We also market our services through referrals from our alliance partners such as Chartis, Credit Union National Association, Pershing, New York Community Bank, and Morgan Stanley Smith Barney, using our proprietary NewTracker referral system as well as direct referrals from our new web presence, www.thesba.com. Additional referrals are obtained from individual professionals in geographic markets that have signed up to provide referrals and earn commissions through our BizExec and TechExec Programs. These individuals are traditionally information technology professionals, CPA’s, independent insurance agents and sales and/or marketing professionals. In addition, electronic payment processing services are marketed through independent sales representatives and web technology and ecommerce services are marketed through internet-based marketing and third-party resellers. A common thread across all business lines relates to acquiring customers at low cost. We seek to bundle our marketing efforts through our brand, our portal, our proprietary NewTracker technology, our new web presence as The Small Business Authority and one easy entry point of contact.

We have implemented a multi-channel marketing strategy that consists of:

Direct: In 2011, the Company consolidated and increased its direct marketing efforts through The Small Business Authority brand relying on a new relationship with the Rubenstein Public Relations firm. The new website, www.thesba.com, launched in January 2011, created a mechanism to focus business opportunity directly from the millions of small businesses in the United States. We made a commitment to a $1,000,000 advertising investment focused on the New York regional ABC radio affiliate WABC. This year long promotion with radio station 77WABC includes the broadcast of its talk programs “Live from the 77 WABC and The Small Business Authority Studios” and involvement of the station’s well know radio personalities. The Company receives over 750 on-air mentions and 60 second commercials each month. In addition, the Company produces and hosts a monthly, hour long radio program, “The Small Business Hour” with national business personalities providing advice and analysis of topical small business issues. The Small Business Authority also receives a very significant presence on WABCRadio.com with a variety of helpful links for small business owners to financial services to increase their sales, reduce costs and minimize business risk. Our agreement with 77WABC Radio also provides for exposure on its co-branding effort with both Fox business news and the Imus in the Morning Show nationally. We believe that this advertising program, the first undertaken by the Company, is delivering meaningful levels of leads for each of the Company’s service lines.

To supplement further our direct marketing efforts, we have developed two proprietary vehicles to enhance the visibility and credibility of The Small Business Authority and the related website thesba.com. The Small Business Index was developed internally and trademarked during 2011. It is a monthly assessment of various factors indicative of business conditions in the small business market. Since its introduction, it has received a great deal of publicity and is now quoted in numerous national publications. In addition, we also introduced in 2011 our internally developed SB Market Sentiment Survey, which captures responses from our website visitors on topics of significant importance to our small business customers. This survey has also gained much national attention. We believe that both of these efforts add significantly to our marketing efforts and further support our efforts to become the one-stop-shop for all small businesses.

A final addition to our direct marketing efforts is our effort to give The Small Business Authority a social media presence. We have dedicated staff familiar with the latest developments in social media and we have been active in placing blog articles, videos and special promotions on numerous social media sites. We distribute this type of content multiple times daily and attempt to engage with customers and others on a similar basis. Our staff follows numerous blog sites related to our businesses and attempts to post relevant materials and information that both addresses small and medium sized business needs and interests and identifies the ways in which The Small Business Authority can address many of those needs.

Indirect: Our alliance partners market one or more of our services to their customer base or members, and utilize NewTracker to submit referrals to Newtek from either their website or directly by their staff. Through our BizExec and TechExec Programs, we are recruiting individual professionals such as insurance agents, lawyers and accountants, or website designers or software developers, who utilize NewTracker through a link to NewTracker from their own site or the establishment of a new website.

Direct Outbound: We combined all data assets into a seamless, enterprise-wide, accessible master database in order to facilitate cross marketing, selling and servicing, real-time data mining and business intelligence. We have established a dedicated team to use our master database for cross marketing, selling and servicing.

The Newtek Referral System

Our proprietary NewTracker® referral system, on which a patent is pending, allows us to process new business utilizing a web-based, centralized processing point. In-bound referrals from alliance partners, our website and other sources are transmitted to our businesses to provide the service or services our customers need. Our trained representatives use these web-based applications as a tool

 

9


Table of Contents

to acquire and process data through telephonic interviews, eliminating the need for face-to-face contact and the requirement that a customer complete multiple paper forms or data entry for multiple product lines. This approach is customer friendly, allows us to process applications very efficiently and allows us to store client information for further processing and cross-selling efforts while offering what we believe to be the highest level of customer service. It also assures our alliance partners full transaction transparency. This system permits our alliance partners to have a window to our back office processing 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, to see every communication and interaction between our sales and processing representatives and their referred customers while still preserving the privacy of customer or alliance partner sensitive data on the application. NewTracker enables the processing and tracking of services in a manner similar to the bar code system used by overnight delivery services. We believe that NewTracker is a key differentiating component of our business. It enables us to scale our business services rapidly to meet the demands of our customers. NewTracker enables our alliance partners to offer our services immediately, without having to invest in marketing materials, sales and marketing personnel, training, licensing or office space. Because their customers or members are driven by our technology to our processing centers, which can handle increased volume of transactions without having to add specialized staff or infrastructure, there is no need for additional investment by our alliance partners. NewTracker additionally provides direct interface to business owners/operators accessing our new web site as they provide basic information regarding their need so that our Business Service Specialists can immediately respond to inquiry for any of our service offerings.

Alliances

Each of the operating businesses benefit from the receipt of significant numbers of customer referrals from our alliance partners, pursuant to agreements negotiated and structured by our holding company management and staff. We are focused on using strategic business affiliations to identify likely small- to medium-sized business customers and others to be serviced by our operating businesses. We seek to ally Newtek with companies and organizations that wish to offer one or more of our principal business lines to their customers or members. We provide one-stop shopping for alliance partners that want to launch or expand their business services. For example, many credit unions are serving small business owners with consumer lending applications, but can use our alliance with Credit Union National Association and scores of small to large credit unions and community banks to expand their offering of services. We are also able to private label any of our business services for any alliance partner.

These alliance partners are able to provide greater service to their customers and members and derive a steady flow of referral payments from us. On the other hand, our operating companies are receiving significant numbers of referrals for our services in the areas of small business loans, insurance and electronic payment processing and are thus acquiring customers at a low cost. NewTracker, our proprietary, internally developed referral system technology, facilitates this transfer of information and also permits our customer service representatives, their supervisors and the referring alliance partners to observe the real-time processing of each referral, from intake to completion. For example, an alliance partner financial advisor who refers a brokerage customer for electronic payment processing, can track our processing of their client and know when decisions are made, what they are, when the referral fees are earned, as well as observe and oversee the operational performance of our customer service representatives. The process is analogous to the bar code system used by overnight delivery services to track the movement of a package, where critical processing points are input and the customer is able to access the company’s password-protected web site and monitor the movement of the package from pick-up to delivery.

We have entered into agreements to provide one or more business services with numerous national and regional businesses or organizations including, but not limited to:

 

 

Chartis, Inc. (formerly AIG Small Business)

 

 

Morgan Stanley Smith Barney

 

 

New York Community Bank

 

 

Credit Union National Association (CUNA)

 

 

Microsoft

 

 

Pershing

 

 

Members 1st Federal Credit Union

 

 

Ent Federal Credit Union

 

 

NCMIC Financial, Inc.

 

 

Bellco Credit Union

 

 

The Latino Coalition

 

 

Wright Patt Credit Union

 

 

SpaceCoast Credit Union

 

 

General Motors Minority Dealers Association

Intellectual Property

Newtek has developed software which is the core of its NewTracker referral system and in September 2006 filed a patent application with the United States Patent and Trademark Office covering NewTracker.

NTS uses specialized software to conduct its business under a perpetual, royalty-free license from its developer, the former owner of CrystalTech, acquired at the time of our acquisition of the business.

We have several trademarks and service marks, all of which are of material importance to us. The following trademarks and service marks are the subject of trademark registrations issued by the United States Patent Trademark Office:

 

1. AT NEWTEK, WE DO IT BETTER
2. BIZEXEC
3. CRYSTALTECH
4. CRYSTALTECH WEB HOSTING
5. CT & Design
6. NEWTEK
7. NEWTEK BIZEXEC
8. NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES
9. NEWTEK BUSINESS SOLUTIONS
10. NEWTEK + NEWT LOGO
11. NEWTEK REFERRAL SYSTEM
12. NEWTEK TECHNOLOGY SERVICES
13. NEWTEK WEB SERVICES
14. NEWTRACKER
15. WEBCONTROLCENTER
16. NEWTEK BUSINESS CREDIT
17. NEWTEK DATA STORAGE
18. NEWTEK WEB DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
19. NEWTEK WEB HOSTING
20. WE DO IT BETTER
21. A NEW WAY TO THINK ABOUT SMALL-BUSINESS IT
22. THE CLOUD AUTHORITY
23. THESBA.COM THE SMALL AUTHORITY POWERED BY NEWTEK
24. THE SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY
25. THE SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY HOUR
26. NEWTPAY PRO
27. NEWTPAY
28. NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. + NEWT LOGO

The following trademarks and service marks are the subject of pending trademark applications filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office:

 

1. THESBA.COM THE SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY
2. THESBA
3. THE SBAUTHORITY INDEX
4. THE SBA MARKET SENTIMENT SURVEY
5. NEWTEK BUSINESS PARTNERS
6. THE SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY INDEX
7. THESBA INDEX
8. NEWTEK SITECENTER
9. T1SBA
10. THE 1 SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY
11. THE ONE SMALL BUSINESS AUTHORITY
12. TSBA
13. NEWTEK INSURED CLOUD COMPUTING
14. NEWTEK INSURED HOSTING
15. NEWTEK PAYROLL
16. CAAS
17. CONTINUOUS CYBER SECURITY SCANNING CERTIFICATION
18. CCSS CERTIFICATION
19. CONTINUOUS CYBER SECURITY SCANNING
20. CCSS
21. THE BUSINESS AUTHORITY
22. INSURED CLOUD COMPUTING
23. NEWTEK INSURED WEB SERVICES
24. NEWTEK INSURED MERCHANT PROCESSING
25. NEWTEK INSURED PAYROLL
26. NEWTEK PAYROLL IN THE CLOUD
27. CLOUD COMPUTING AUTHORITY
28. CLOUD AUTHORITY
29. NEWTEK PAYROLL SERVICES
30. NEWTEK CLOUD PAYROLL
31. COMMERCE-AS-A-SERVICE
32. COMMERCE AS A SERVICE

 

10


Table of Contents

Competition

We compete in a large number of markets for the sale of services to small- and medium-sized businesses. Each of our principal operating companies competes not only against suppliers in its particular state or region of the country but also against suppliers operating on a national or even a multi-national scale. None of the markets in which our companies compete are dominated by a small number of companies that could materially alter the terms of the competition.

Our Electronic payment processing segment competes with entities including Heartland Payment Systems, First National Bank of Omaha and Paymentech, L.P. Our Web hosting segment competes with 1&1, Hosting.com, Discount ASP, Maxum ASP, GoDaddy®, Yahoo!®, BlueHost®, iPowerWeb® and Microsoft Live among others. Our Small Business Finance segment competes with regional and national banks and non-bank lenders. Intuit® is bundling electronic payment processing, web hosting and payroll services similar to ours in offerings that compete in the same small- to midsize-business market.

In many cases, the competitors of our companies are not as able as we are to take advantage of changes in business practices due to technological developments and, for those with a larger size, are unable to offer the personalized service that many small business owners and operators seem to want.

While we compete with many different providers in our various businesses, we have been unable to identify any direct and comprehensive competitors that deliver the same broad suite of services focused on the needs of the small- and medium-sized business market with the same marketing strategy as we do. Some of our competitive advantages include:

 

 

Our compatible products such as our e-commerce offerings that we are able to bundle to increase sales, reduce costs and reduce risks for our customers and enable us to sell two, three, or four products at the same time;

 

 

Our proprietary NewTracker referral system, which allows us to process new business utilizing a web-based, centralized processing point and provides back end scalability;

 

 

Our focus on developing and marketing business services and financial products and services aimed at the small- and medium-sized business market;

 

 

Our scalability, which allows us to size our business services capabilities very quickly to meet customer and market needs;

 

 

Our ability to offer personalized service and competitive rates;

 

 

A strategy of multiple channel distribution, which gives us maximum exposure in the marketplace;

 

 

High quality customer service 24x7x365 across all business lines, with a focus primarily on absolute customer service;

 

 

Our telephonic interview process, as opposed to requiring handwritten or data-typing processes, which allows us to offer high levels of customer service and satisfaction, particularly for small business owners who do not get this service from our competitors; and

 

 

Our NewTracker Portal, which allows our alliance partners to offer a centralized access point for their small- to medium-sized business clients as part of their larger strategic approach to marketing and allows such partners to demonstrate that they are focused on providing a suite of services to the small business market in addition to their core service.

Government Regulation

Overview

Newtek’s electronic payment processing, lending, insurance, and Capco operations are subject to regulation by federal, state and professional governing bodies. In addition, our financial institution customers, which include commercial banks and credit unions, operate in markets that are subject to rigorous regulatory oversight and supervision. The compliance of our products and services with these requirements depends on a variety of factors including the particular functionality, the interactive design and the charter or license of the financial institution. Our financial services customers must independently assess and determine what is required of them under these regulations and are responsible for ensuring that our systems and the design of their websites conform to their regulatory obligations. New laws or regulations are frequently adopted in these areas that require constant compliance and could increase our costs.

Certified Capital Companies

In return for the Capcos making investments in the targeted companies, the states provide tax credits, generally equal to funds invested in the Capco by the insurance companies that provide the funds to the Capcos. In order to maintain its status as a Capco and to avoid recapture or forfeiture of the tax credits, each Capco must meet a number of specific investment requirements, including a minimum investment schedule all of which have been met prior to required dates by all of our Capcos. As a result, we believe there is no basis for a loss of tax credits.

Each of the state Capco programs has a requirement that a Capco, in order to maintain its certified status, must meet certain investment requirements, both qualitative and quantitative. These include limitations on the initial size of the recipients of the Capco funds, including the number of their employees, the location within the respective state of the recipients and the recipients’ commitment to remain therein for a specified period of time, the types of business conducted by the recipients, and the terms of the investments in the recipients.

The states of Louisiana, Colorado and Texas and the state of New York, for our two most recent New York programs (out of the five in which we have participated), have had or recently added to their Capco programs limitations on the equity investment Capcos can make in qualified businesses. These programs or program changes seek to preclude a Capco from owning all or a majority of the voting equity of the invested business. While Newtek has made profitable majority-owned investments in the past, we have also made minority or passive investments in qualified businesses. Newtek’s Capcos are in full compliance with all investment limitations, and management foresees no significant difficulty in continuing to remain in compliance.

When each of Newtek’s Capcos has invested in qualified businesses an amount equal to 100% of its initial certified capital, it is able to decertify (terminate its status as a Capco) and no longer be subject to any state Capco regulation. Upon voluntary decertification, the programs in about half of the states require that a Capco share any distributions to its equity holders with the state sponsoring the Capco. For those states that require a share of distributions, the sharing percentages vary, but are generally from 10 to 30%, usually on distributions above a specified internal rate of return for the equity owners of the Capco. States not requiring distributions are Texas and New York (Programs 1, 2 and 3). At this time, Newtek does not believe that the sharing requirements will have a material impact on the company’s financial condition or operations. Three of Newtek’s Capcos have reached the 100% investment level and a fourth, our Wisconsin based Capco, met its statutory requirements and voluntarily decertified and was subsequently dissolved.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we and the companies in which we hold a controlling interest had a total of 309 employees, of which 300 were full-time employees. We believe our labor relations are good and none of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

Confidentiality Agreements

All our employees have signed confidentiality agreements, and it is our standard practice to require newly hired employees and, when appropriate, independent consultants, to execute confidentiality agreements. These agreements provide that the employee or consultant may not use or disclose confidential information except in the performance of his or her duties for the Company, or in other limited circumstances. The steps taken by us may not, however, be adequate to prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary rights or technology.

Revenues and Assets by Geographic Area

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, virtually all of our revenue was derived from customers in the United States, although we provide pre-paid web site hosting services to customers in approximately 120 countries.

Available Information

We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Commission and in accordance with those requirements file reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission. You may read and copy the reports, proxy statements and other information that we file with the Commission under the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act at the Commission’s Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street N.W., Washington, DC 20549. Please call 1-800-SEC-0339 for information about the Commission’s Public Reference Room. The Commission also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Commission. The address of the Commission’s web site is http://www.sec.gov. Our principal offices are located at 212 West 35th Street, 2nd Floor, New York, NY, 10001 and our telephone number is (212) 356-9500. Our websites are http://www.thesba.com and http://www.newtekbusinessservices.com. We make available through our websites, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Commission. These documents may be directly accessed at http://investor.newtekbusinessservices.com Information contained on our website is not a part of this report.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

The following is a summary of the risk factors that we believe are most relevant to our business. These are factors that, individually or in the aggregate, we think could cause our actual results to differ significantly from anticipated or historical results. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In that case, the value of our common shares could decline and stockholders may lose all or part of their investment. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise, unless required by law.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS GENERALLY

Our success depends on our ability to compete effectively in the highly competitive and highly regulated industries in which we operate.

We face intense competition in providing web hosting services, processing electronic payments and originating SBA loans, as well as in the other industries in which we or our affiliated companies operate. Low barriers to entry often result in a steady stream of new competitors entering certain of these businesses. Current and potential competitors are or may be better established, substantially larger and have more capital and other resources than we do. If we expand into additional geographical markets, we will face competition from others in those markets as well. In addition, some of the industries in which we operate are highly regulated and we cannot assure you that we will continue to be in full compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. Failure to maintain full compliance or if new laws limit or eliminate some of the benefits of our business lines, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially adversely affected.

 

11


Table of Contents

Our success depends upon our ability to enforce and maintain our intellectual property rights.

Our success depends, in significant part, on the proprietary nature of our technology, including both patentable and non-patentable intellectual property related to our NewTracker referral system. We have filed one patent application with the United States Patent office but there can be no assurance that such patent will be granted. To the extent that a competitor is able to reproduce or otherwise capitalize on our technology, it may be difficult, expensive or impossible for us to obtain necessary legal protection. In addition to patent protection of intellectual property rights, we consider elements of our product designs and processes to be proprietary and confidential. We rely upon employee, consultant and vendor non-disclosure agreements and contractual provisions and a system of internal safeguards to protect our proprietary information. However, any of our registered or unregistered intellectual property rights may be challenged or exploited by others in the industry, which might harm our operating results. We have several trademarks and service marks which are of material importance to us. Litigation, which could result in substantial cost to and diversion of our efforts, may be necessary to enforce our trademarks or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of the proprietary rights of others. Adverse determinations in any litigation or interference proceeding could subject us to costs related to changing brand names and a loss of established brand recognition.

Our businesses depend on our ability to attract and retain key personnel and any loss of ability to attract these personnel could adversely affect us.

Our success depends upon the ability of our affiliated companies and other companies in which we invest to attract and retain qualified personnel and our ability to supplement those capabilities with our senior management personnel. Competition for qualified employees is intense. If our affiliated companies lose the services of key personnel, or are unable to attract additional qualified personnel, the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of us or one or more of our affiliated companies could be materially adversely affected. It can take a significant period of time to identify and hire personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required in carrying out our strategy.

Our business relies heavily on the expertise of our senior management. The loss of the services of these individuals could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows, and it is likely that it will be difficult to find adequate replacements.

Our businesses depend upon the ability to utilize the Internet for the conduct of a significant portion of their business; disruption to that system could make it impossible for them to continue to conduct their current businesses.

Possible disruption to the normal functioning of the Internet through, for example, power failure or terrorist sabotage, could make it impossible for aspects of the lending, electronic payment processing, web hosting and in fact our referral system to function. In the event of a major disruption, and assuming that such disruptions would be long-lived, we would be required to make extensive changes in the way these companies do business. There is no assurance that we will have the time and resources to make these changes.

Our success depends on our ability to use effectively our electronic referral and information processing systems.

We have developed an electronic referral and processing system for the applications necessary for the sales of each of our business lines other than web site hosting. This system is critical to our ability to process such business with a low cost advantage and to obtain referrals from our alliance partners. In particular, the ability to access the referral system and to track the progress of a referred customer is a major feature of the perceived attractiveness of our system. If this referral system should develop problems which we cannot address, it would have a material negative impact on our business strategy. In addition, our ability to provide business services increasingly depends on our capacity to store, retrieve, process and manage significant amounts of data. Interruption or loss of our information processing capabilities through loss of stored data, breakdown or malfunctioning of computer equipment and software systems, telecommunications failure or damage caused by acts of nature or other disruption, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR ELECTRONIC PAYMENT PROCESSING BUSINESS

NMS relies on two bank sponsors, which have substantial discretion with respect to certain elements of our business practices, in order to process bankcard transactions. If either sponsorship is terminated, and we are not able to secure or transfer the respective merchant portfolios to new bank sponsors, the business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of electronic payment processing business could be materially adversely affected. If both sponsorships are terminated, and we are not able to secure or transfer the merchant portfolios to new bank sponsors, we will not be able to conduct our electronic payment processing business. We also rely on service providers who are critical to our business.

 

12


Table of Contents

Because we are not a bank, we are unable to belong to and directly access the Visa® and MasterCard® bankcard associations. The Visa® and MasterCard® operating regulations require us to be sponsored by a bank in order to process bankcard transactions. We are currently sponsored by two banks. If either sponsorship is terminated and we are unable to secure a bank sponsor for the respective merchant portfolios, we will not be able to process bankcard transactions for the affected portfolios. If both sponsorships are terminated and we are unable to secure a bank sponsor for the merchant portfolios, we will not be able to process bankcard transactions. Consequently, the loss of either or both of our sponsorships would have a material adverse effect on our business. Furthermore, our agreement with our sponsoring bank gives the sponsoring bank substantial discretion in approving certain elements of our business practices, including our solicitation, application and qualification procedures for merchants, the terms of our agreements with merchants, the processing fees that we charge, our customer service levels and our use of independent sales organizations and independent sales agents. We cannot guarantee that our sponsoring bank’s actions under these agreements will not be detrimental to us. Other service providers, some of whom are our competitors, are necessary for the conduct of our business. The termination by our service providers of these arrangements with us or their failure to perform these services efficiently and effectively may adversely affect our relationships with the merchants whose accounts we serve and may cause those merchants to terminate their processing agreements with us.

If NMS or its processors or bank sponsor fail to adhere to the standards of the Visa® and MasterCard® bankcard associations, our registrations with these associations could be terminated and we could be required to stop providing payment processing services for Visa® and MasterCard®.

Substantially all of the transactions NMS processes involve Visa® or MasterCard®. If we, our bank sponsor or our processors fail to comply with the applicable requirements of the Visa® and MasterCard® bankcard associations, Visa® or MasterCard® could suspend or terminate our registration. The termination of our registration or any changes in the Visa® or MasterCard® rules that would impair our registration could require us to stop providing payment processing services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business.

On occasion, NMS experiences increases in interchange and sponsorship fees. If we cannot pass along these increases to our merchants, our profit margins will be reduced.

Our electronic payment processing subsidiary pays interchange fees or assessments to bankcard associations for each transaction we process using their credit, debit and gift cards. From time to time, the bankcard associations increase the interchange fees that they charge processors and the sponsoring banks, who generally pass on such increases to us. From time to time, our sponsoring banks increase their fees as well. If we are not able to pass these fee increases along to merchants through corresponding increases in our processing fees, our profit margins in this line of business will be reduced.

Unauthorized disclosure of merchant or cardholder data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to liability and business losses.

Through our electronic payment processing subsidiary, we collect and store sensitive data about merchants and cardholders, and we maintain a database of cardholder data relating to specific transactions, including payment, card numbers and cardholder addresses, in order to process the transactions and for fraud prevention and other internal processes. If anyone penetrates our network security or otherwise misappropriates sensitive merchant or cardholder data, we could be subject to liability or business interruption. While we subject these systems to periodic independent testing and review, we cannot guarantee that our systems will not be penetrated in the future. If a breach of our system occurs, we may be subject to liability, including claims for unauthorized purchases with misappropriated card information, impersonation or other similar fraud claims. Similar risks exist with regard to the storage and transmission of such data by our processors. In the event of any such a breach, we may also be subject to a class action lawsuit. Small businesses are less prepared for the complexities of safeguarding cardholder data than their larger counterparts. In the event of noncompliance by a customer of card industry rules, we could face fines from payment card networks. There can be no assurance that we would be able to recover any such fines from such customer.

NMS is liable if our processing merchants refuse or cannot reimburse charge-backs resolved in favor of their customers.

If a billing dispute between a merchant and a cardholder is not ultimately resolved in favor of the merchant, the disputed transaction is “charged back” to the merchant’s bank and credited to the account of the cardholder. If we or our processing banks are unable to collect the charge-back from the merchant’s account, or if the merchant refuses or is financially unable due to bankruptcy or other reasons to reimburse the merchant’s bank for the charge-back, we bear the loss for the amount of the refund paid to the

 

13


Table of Contents

cardholder’s bank. Most of our merchants deliver products or services when purchased, so a contingent liability for charge-backs is unlikely to arise, and credits are issued on returned items. However, some of our merchants do not provide services until sometime after a purchase, which increases the potential for contingent liability and the reserves we require of the merchants may not be sufficient to cover the liability or may not even be available to us in the event of a bankruptcy.

NMS has potential liability for customer or merchant fraud.

Credit card fraud occurs when a merchant’s customer uses a stolen card (or a stolen card number in a card-not-present transaction) to purchase merchandise or services. In a traditional card-present transaction, if the merchant swipes the card, receives authorization for the transaction from the card issuing bank and verifies the signature on the back of the card against the paper receipt signed by the customer, the card issuing bank remains liable for any loss. In a fraudulent card-not-present transaction, even if the merchant receives authorization for the transaction, the merchant is liable for any loss arising from the transaction. Many of our business customers are small and transact a substantial percentage of their sales over the Internet or by telephone or mail orders. Because their sales are card-not-present transactions, these merchants are more vulnerable to customer fraud than larger merchants, and we could experience charge-backs arising from cardholder fraud more frequently with these merchants.

Merchant fraud occurs when a merchant, rather than a customer, knowingly uses a stolen or counterfeit card or card number to record a false sales transaction or intentionally fails to deliver the merchandise or services sold in an otherwise valid transaction. Anytime a merchant is unable to satisfy a charge-back, we are responsible for that charge-back. We cannot assure that the systems and procedures we have established to detect and reduce the impact of merchant fraud are or will be effective. Failure to effectively manage risk and prevent fraud could increase our charge-back liability.

Our payment processing systems may fail due to factors beyond our control, which could interrupt our business or cause us to lose business and likely increase our costs.

We depend on the uninterrupted operations of our computer network systems, software and our processors’ data centers. Defects in these systems or damage to them due to factors beyond our control could cause severe disruption to our business and other material adverse effects on our payment processing businesses.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS OF WEBSITE HOSTING

NTS operates in a highly competitive industry in which technological change can be rapid.

The information technology business and its related technology involve a broad range of rapidly changing technologies. Our equipment and the technologies on which it is based may not remain competitive over time, and others may develop superior technologies that render our products non-competitive without significant additional capital expenditures. Some of our competitors are significantly larger and have substantially greater market presence as well as greater financial, technical, operational, marketing and other resources and experience than we do. In the event that such a competitor expends significant sales and marketing resources in one or several markets, we may not be able to compete successfully in such markets. We believe that competition will continue to increase, placing downward pressure on prices. Such pressure could adversely affect our gross margins if we are not able to reduce our costs commensurate with such price reductions. There can be no assurances that we will remain competitive.

Our website hosting business depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of its computer and communications hardware systems and infrastructure.

Despite precautions taken by NTS against possible failure of its systems, interruptions could result from natural disasters, power loss, the inability to acquire fuel for our backup generators, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks and similar events. NTS also leases telecommunications lines from local, regional and national carriers whose service may be interrupted. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed by any damage or failure that interrupts or delays our operations. There can be no assurance that our insurance will cover all of the losses or compensate NTS for the possible loss of clients occurring during any period that NTS is unable to provide service.

Our inability to maintain the integrity of our infrastructure and the privacy of confidential information would materially affect our business.

The NTS infrastructure is potentially vulnerable to physical or electronic break-ins, viruses or similar problems. If our security measures are circumvented, it could jeopardize the security of confidential information stored on NTS’s systems, misappropriate proprietary information or cause interruptions in NTS’s operations. We may be required to make significant additional investments and efforts to protect against or remedy security breaches. Security breaches that result in access to confidential information

 

14


Table of Contents

could damage our reputation and expose us to a risk of loss or liability. The security services that NTS offers in connection with customers’ networks cannot assure complete protection from computer viruses, break-ins and other disruptive problems. The occurrence of these problems may result in claims against NTS or us or liability on our part. These claims, regardless of their ultimate outcome, could result in costly litigation and could harm our business and reputation and impair NTS’s ability to attract and retain customers.

Our business depends on Microsoft Corporation and others for the licenses to use software as well as other intellectual property in the website hosting business.

NTS’s managed technology business is built on technological platforms relying on the Microsoft Windows® products and other intellectual property that NTS currently licenses. As a result, if we are unable to continue to have the benefit of those licensing arrangements or if the products upon which NTS’s platform is built become obsolete, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR SMALL BUSINESS FINANCE BUSINESSES

We depend on outside financing.

Our SBA lending and receivables financing businesses depend on outside financing to support their loan making and acquisition of receivables. Termination of the credit lines for any reason would have a material adverse effect on our business, including but not limited to, the liquidation of the guaranteed loan and receivables portfolios to pay down the lines. If funds from such sale were insufficient to completely pay down the line of credit, the holding company and certain of its subsidiaries would be responsible for any short fall. In December 2010 and again in December 2011, the Company securitized a portion of its unguaranteed, retained loan portions of its SBA 7(a) loans; the Company anticipates using securitizations to ultimately fund future loan creation, assuming the market for such securitizations continues to exist and future securitizations can be executed on an economic basis beneficial to the Company. Although a securitization potentially provides a long term funding source for the Company’s SBA lender, it does not provide liquidity in the short term for funding SBA loans. Because its resources will be insufficient to maintain current SBA loan originations, failure of our SBA lender to arrange a line to fund and warehouse the origination of unguaranteed, retained loan portions would materially impact our business. In addition, our receivables financing company depends on a line of credit which matures in February 2014. Loss of this line and our inability to replace it would materially impact the business.

We have specific risks associated with Small Business Administration (SBA) loans.

We have generally sold the guaranteed portion of SBA loans in the secondary market. Such sales have resulted in our earning premiums and creating a stream of servicing income. There can be no assurance that we will be able to continue originating these loans, or that a secondary market will exist for, or that we will continue to realize premiums upon the sale of the guaranteed portions of the SBA 7(a) loans.

Since we sell the guaranteed portion of substantially our entire SBA 7(a) loan portfolio, we incur credit risk on the non-guaranteed portion of the SBA loans. We share pro rata with the SBA in any recoveries. In the event of default on an SBA loan, our pursuit of remedies against a borrower is subject to SBA approval, and where the SBA establishes that its loss is attributable to deficiencies in the manner in which the loan application has been prepared and submitted, the SBA may decline to honor its guarantee with respect to our SBA loans or it may seek the recovery of damages from us. If we should experience significant problems with our underwriting of SBA loans, such failure to honor a guarantee or the cost to correct the problems could have a material adverse effect on us. Although the SBA has never declined to honor its guarantees with respect to SBA loans made by us since our acquisition of the lender in 2003, no assurance can be given that the SBA would not attempt to do so in the future.

Curtailment of the government-guaranteed loan programs could cut off an important segment of our business.

Although the program has been in existence since 1953, there can be no assurance that the federal government will maintain the SBA program, or that it will continue to guarantee loans at current levels. If we cannot continue making and selling government-guaranteed loans, we will generate fewer origination fees and our ability to generate gains on sale of loans will decrease. From time-to-time, the government agencies that guarantee these loans reach their internal budgeted limits and cease to guarantee loans for a stated time period. In addition, these agencies may change their rules for loans. Also, Congress may adopt legislation that would have the effect of discontinuing or changing the programs. Non-governmental programs could replace government programs for some borrowers, but the terms might not be equally acceptable. If these changes occur, the volume of loans to small business and industrial borrowers of the types that now qualify for government-guaranteed loans could decline, as could the profitability of these loans.

 

15


Table of Contents

An increase in non-performing assets would reduce our income and increase our expenses.

If our level of non-performing assets in our SBA lending and receivable financing businesses rise in the future, it could adversely affect our revenue and earnings. Non-performing assets are primarily loans on which borrowers are not making their required payments or receivables for which the customer has not made timely payment. Non-performing assets also include loans that have been restructured to permit the borrower to have smaller payments and real estate that has been acquired through foreclosure of unpaid loans. To the extent that our financial assets are non-performing, we will have less cash available for lending and other activities.

Our reserve for credit losses may not be sufficient to cover unexpected losses.

Our business depends on the behavior of our customers. In addition to our credit practices and procedures, we maintain a reserve for credit losses on our SBA loans and accounts receivable portfolio, which management has judged to be adequate given the loans we originate and receivables we purchase. We periodically review our reserve for adequacy considering current economic conditions and trends, collateral values, charge-off experience, levels of past due loans and non-performing assets, and we adjust our reserve accordingly. However, because of the poor current economic conditions caused by the recession, our reserves may prove inadequate, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

We could be adversely affected by weakness in the residential housing and commercial real estate markets.

Continued weakness in residential home and commercial real estate values could impair our ability to collect on defaulted SBA loans as real estate is pledged in many of our SBA loans as part of the collateral package.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INSURANCE AGENCY BUSINESS

We depend on third parties, particularly property and casualty insurance companies, to supply the products marketed by our agents.

Our contracts with property and casualty insurance companies typically provide that the contracts can be terminated by the supplier without cause. Our inability to enter into satisfactory arrangements with these suppliers or the loss of these relationships for any reason would adversely affect the results of our new insurance business. Also, our inability to obtain these products at competitive prices could make it difficult for us to compete with larger and better capitalized providers of such insurance services.

If we fail to comply with government regulations, our insurance agency business could be adversely affected.

Our insurance agency business is subject to comprehensive regulation in the various states in which we plan to conduct business. Our success will depend in part upon our ability to satisfy these regulations and to obtain and maintain all required licenses and permits. Our failure to comply with any statutes and regulations could have a material adverse effect on us. Furthermore, the adoption of additional statutes and regulations, changes in the interpretation and enforcement of current statutes and regulations or the expansion of our business into jurisdictions that have adopted more stringent regulatory requirements than those in which we currently conduct business could have a material adverse effect on us.

We do not have any control over the commissions our insurance agency expects to earn on the sale of insurance products which are based on premiums and commission rates set by insurers and the conditions prevalent in the insurance market.

Our insurance agency earns commissions on the sale of insurance products. Commission rates and premiums can change based on the prevailing economic and competitive factors that affect insurance underwriters. In addition, the insurance industry has been characterized by periods of intense price competition due to excessive underwriting capacity and periods of favorable premium levels due to shortages of capacity. We cannot predict the timing or extent of future changes in commission rates or premiums or the effect any of these changes will have on the operations of our insurance agency.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR PAYROLL PROCESSING BUSINESS

Unauthorized disclosure of employee data, whether through breach of our computer systems or otherwise, could expose us to liability and business losses.

Through our payroll processing subsidiary, we collect and store sensitive data about individuals, in order to process the transactions and for other internal processes. If anyone penetrates our network security or otherwise misappropriates sensitive individual data, we could be subject to liability or business interruption. While we subject these systems to periodic independent testing and review,

 

16


Table of Contents

we cannot guarantee that our systems will not be penetrated in the future. If a breach of our system occurs, we may be subject to liability, including claims for impersonation or other similar fraud claims. In the event of any such a breach, we may also be subject to a class action lawsuit. Any significant violations of data privacy could result in the loss of business, litigation and regulatory investigations and penalties that could damage our reputation, and the growth of our business could be adversely affected.

Our systems may be subject to disruptions that could adversely affect our business and reputation.

Our payroll business relies heavily on our payroll, financial, accounting and other data processing systems. If any of these systems fails to operate properly or becomes disabled even for a brief period of time, we could suffer financial loss, a disruption of our business, liability to clients, regulatory intervention or damage to our reputation. We have disaster recovery plans in place to protect our businesses against natural disasters, security breaches, military or terrorist actions, power or communication failures or similar events. Despite our preparations, our disaster recovery plans may not be successful in preventing the loss of client data, service interruptions, and disruptions to our operations or damage to our important facilities.

If we fail to adapt our technology to meet client needs and preferences, the demand for our services may diminish.

Our businesses operate in industries that are subject to rapid technological advances and changing client needs and preferences. In order to remain competitive and responsive to client demands, we continually upgrade, enhance and expand our existing solutions and services. If we fail to respond successfully to technology challenges, the demand for our services may diminish.

Our payroll business could incur unreimbursed costs or damages due to delays in processing inherent in the banking system.

Our payroll processing business generally determines the availability of customer (employer) funds prior to making payments to employees or taxing authorities, and such employer funds are generally transferred in to our accounts prior to making payments out. Due to the structure of the banking system however, there are times when we may make payroll or tax payments and not immediately receive the funds to do so from the employer. There can be no assurance that the procedures we have in place to prevent these occurrences or mitigate the damages will be sufficient to prevent loss to our business.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR CAPCO BUSINESS

The Capco programs and the tax credits they provide are created by state legislation and implemented through regulation, and such laws and rules are subject to possible action to repeal or retroactively revise the programs for political, economic or other reasons. Such an attempted repeal or revision would create substantial difficulty for the Capco programs and could, if ultimately successful, cause us material financial harm.

The tax credits associated with the Capco programs and provided to our Capcos’ investors are to be utilized by the investors over a period of time, which is typically ten years. Much can change during such a period and it is possible that one or more states may revise or eliminate the tax credits. Any such revision or repeal could have a material adverse economic impact on our Capcos, either directly or as a result of the Capco’s insurer’s actions. Any such final state action that jeopardizes the tax credits could result in the provider of our Capco insurance assuming partial of full control of the particular Capco in order to minimize its liability under the Capco insurance policies issued to our investors.

During 2002, a single legislator in Louisiana introduced such a proposed bill, on which no action was taken, and in Colorado in 2003 and 2004 bills to modify (not repeal) its Capco program were introduced; the 2003 Colorado legislation was defeated in a legislative committee. The 2004 Colorado legislation was adopted but implementing regulations made clear the application of the new rules only to investments made after passage. There can be no assurance that we will not be subject to further legislative or regulatory action which might adversely impact our Capco business, or that we will be able to successfully challenge any such action.

Because our Capcos are subject to requirements under state law, a failure of any of them to meet these requirements could subject the Capco and our stockholders to the loss of one or more Capcos.

Despite the fact that we have met all applicable minimum requirements of the Capco programs in which we still participate, each Capco remains subject to state regulation until it has invested 100 percent of its funds and otherwise remained in full legal compliance. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to do so. A major regulatory violation, while not fatal to our Capco business, would materially increase the cost of operating the Capcos.

 

17


Table of Contents

RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON SHARES

Our shares may be delisted.

If we do not continue to meet the requirements for continued listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market our common shares could be delisted. One such requirement is maintaining a minimum bid price for shares of $1.00. As compliance with the minimum trading price for common shares is beyond our control, there can be no assurance that the price will remain above $1.00 indefinitely and, therefore, no assurance that the threat of delisting can be avoided. In the event that the common shares are delisted, there can be no assurance that an active public market for our shares can be sustained or that current trading levels can be sustained or not diminished.

The application of the “penny stock” rules to our common shares if we are no longer listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market could limit the trading and liquidity of the common shares, adversely affect the market price of our Common Shares and increase your transaction costs to sell those shares.

If we are no longer listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market, as long as the trading price of our common shares is below $5.00 per share, open-market trading will be subject to the “penny stock” rules, which impose additional sales practice requirements on broker-dealers who sell securities to persons other than established customers and accredited investors and otherwise have the effect of limiting the trading activity of the common shares, reducing the liquidity of an investment in the common shares and increasing the transaction costs for their sales and purchases.

Two of our stockholders, one a current and one a former executive officer, beneficially own approximately 24% of our common shares, and are able to exercise significant influence over the outcome of most stockholder actions.

Although there is no agreement or understanding between them, because of their ownership of our shares, Messrs. Sloane and Rubin will be able to have significant influence over actions requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, the adoption of amendments to the certificate of incorporation, approval of stock incentive plans and approval of major transactions such as a merger or sale of assets. This could delay or prevent a change in control of our company, deprive our stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their common shares as part of a change in control and have a negative effect on the market price of our common shares.

Future issuances of our common shares or other securities, including preferred shares, may dilute the per share book value of our common shares or have other adverse consequences to our common stockholders.

Our board of directors has the authority, without the action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or part of the approximately 19,000,000 authorized but unissued shares of our common stock. Our business strategy relies upon investments in and acquisitions of businesses using the resources available to us, including our common shares. We have made acquisitions during each of the years from 2002 to 2005 involving the issuance of our common shares and we expect to make additional acquisitions in the future using our common shares. Additionally, we anticipate granting additional options or restricted stock awards to our employees and directors in the future. We may also issue additional securities, through public or private offerings, in order to raise capital to support our growth, including in connection with possible acquisitions or in connection with purchases of minority interests in affiliated companies or Capcos. Future issuances of our common shares will dilute the percentage of ownership interest of current stockholders and could decrease the per share book value of our common shares. In addition, option holders may exercise their options at a time when we would otherwise be able to obtain additional equity capital on more favorable terms.

Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors is authorized to issue, without action or vote of our stockholders, up to 1,000,000 shares of “blank check” preferred shares, meaning that our board of directors may, in its discretion, cause the issuance of one or more series of preferred shares and fix the designations, preferences, powers and relative participating, optional and other rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference, and to fix the number of shares to be included in any such series. The preferred shares so issued may rank superior to the common shares with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, or both. In addition, the shares of preferred stock may have class or series voting rights.

The authorization and issuance of “blank check” preferred shares could have an anti-takeover effect detrimental to the interests of our stockholders.

Our certificate of incorporation allows our board of directors to issue preferred shares with rights and preferences set by the board without further stockholder approval. The issuance of these “blank check” preferred shares could have an anti-takeover effect detrimental to the interests of our stockholders. For example, in the event of a hostile takeover attempt, it may be possible for

 

18


Table of Contents

management and the board to impede the attempt by issuing the preferred shares, thereby diluting or impairing the voting power of the other outstanding common shares and increasing the potential costs to acquire control of us. Our board has the right to issue any new shares, including preferred shares, without first offering them to the holders of common shares, as they have no preemptive rights.

We know of no other publicly-held company that sponsors and operates Capcos as a material part of its business. As such, there are, to our knowledge, no other companies against which investors may compare our Capco business segment, and its operations, results of operations and financial and accounting structures.

In the absence of any meaningful peer group comparisons for our Capco business, investors may have a difficult time understanding and judging the strength of our business. This, in turn, may have a depressing effect on the value of our shares.

Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and New York law place restrictions on our stockholders’ ability to recover from our directors for breaches of their duties.

As permitted by New York law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of a director’s fiduciary duty except for liability in certain instances. As a result of these provisions and New York law, stockholders have restrictions and limitations upon their rights to recover from directors for breaches of their duties. In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

We conduct our principal business activities in facilities leased from unrelated parties at market rates. Our headquarters are located in New York, New York. Our operating subsidiaries have properties which are material to the conduct of their business as noted below. In addition, our Capcos maintain offices in each of the states in which they operate.

Below is a list of our leased offices and space as of December 31, 2011 which are material to the conduct of our business:

 

Location   Lease expiration   Purpose   Approx. sq. ft

1125 W. Pinnacle Peak

Phoenix, AZ 85027

  January 2012*   Managed technology solutions offices   15,000

744 North 4th St.

Milwaukee, WI 53203

  March 2012**   Electronic payment processing WI offices   14,300

8521 E. Princess Drive

Phoenix, AZ 85255

  June 2014   Managed technology solutions data center   6,000

212 West 35th Street

New York, NY 10123

  October 2014   Lease of principal executive offices (Corporate activities and SBA lending)   5,700

1440 Broadway

New York, New York 10018

  October 2015  

Sublet - former principal

executive offices

  23,000

301 Mexico Street, Suite H3-A

Brownsville, TX 78520

  June 2017  

Newtek Insurance Agency, customer service and sales support offices

(All Other segment)

  17,500

60 Hempstead Avenue

West Hempstead, NY 11552

  April 2019   Newtek Small Business Finance; Newtek Business Credit Offices (Lending segment) and NY Capco offices   11,000

 

19


Table of Contents
* Lease expired January 31, 2012, and was extended through March 15, 2012. A new three-year lease became effective March 1, 2012 for approximately 11,000 square feet, and is located at 1904 West Parkside Drive in Phoenix, AZ.
** Lease expires March 31, 2012. The Company is currently exploring alternative locations.

We believe that our leased facilities are adequate to meet our current needs and that additional facilities are available to meet our development and expansion needs in existing and projected target markets.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may from time to time be party to lawsuits and claims. The Company evaluates such matters on a case by case basis and its policy is to contest vigorously any claims it believes are without compelling merit. The Company is currently involved in various litigation matters. Management has reviewed all legal claims against the Company with counsel and has taken into consideration the views of such counsel, as to the outcome of the claims. In management’s opinion, final disposition of all such claims will not have a material adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of the Company.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

None.

 

20


Table of Contents

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR THE REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

(a) Market Information: Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “NEWT.” High and low prices for the common stock over the previous two years are set forth below, based on the highest and lowest daily closing price during that period.

 

Period

   High      Low  

First Quarter: January 1, 2010 Through March 31, 2010

   $ 1.34       $ 0.93   

Second Quarter: April 1, 2010 Through June 30, 2010

   $ 1.54       $ 1.24   

Third Quarter: July 1, 2010 Through September 30, 2010

   $ 1.45       $ 1.07   

Fourth Quarter: October 1, 2010 Through December 31, 2010

   $ 1.75       $ 1.32   

First Quarter: January 1, 2011 Through March 31, 2011

   $ 1.90       $ 1.60   

Second Quarter: April 1, 2011 Through June 30, 2011

   $ 1.69       $ 1.20   

Third Quarter: July 1, 2011 Through September 30, 2011

   $ 1.55       $ 1.28   

Fourth Quarter: October 1, 2011 Through December 31, 2011

   $ 1.32       $ 1.06   

(b) Holders: As of March 13, 2012 there were approximately 192 holders of record of our common stock.

(c) Dividends: In November 2009 the Company declared a $0.02 dividend per share. Any future determination to pay cash and stock dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will be dependent upon our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements and other factors that our board of directors considers appropriate. No dividends were declared or paid in 2010 or 2011.

(d) Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans:

 

Plan Category

   (a)
Number of securities  to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   (b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants and rights
   (c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation plans
(excluding securities
reflected in column (a))

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   2,023,550 shares    $1.46/share    3,325,269 shares

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   None    None    None

 

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not applicable.

 

21


Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.

Introduction and Certain Cautionary Statements

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is intended to assist in the understanding and assessment of significant changes and trends related to the results of operations and financial position of the Company together with its subsidiaries. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes.

The statements in this Annual Report may contain forward-looking statements relating to such matters as anticipated future financial performance, business prospects, legislative developments and similar matters. The Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 provides a safe harbor for forward-looking statements. In order to comply with the terms of the safe harbor, we note that a variety of factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results expressed in the forward looking statements such as intensified competition and/or operating problems in its operating business projects and their impact on revenues and profit margins or additional factors as described under “Risk Factors” above.

We also need to point out that our Capcos operate under a different set of rules in each of the six jurisdictions and that these place varying requirements on the structure of our investments. In some cases, particularly in Louisiana, we do not control the equity or management of a qualified business but that cannot always be presented orally or in written presentations.

Executive Overview

The Company is pleased to report continued profitability in 2011 due to its efforts to increase sales and the expansion of lending to small businesses.

For the year ended December 31, 2011 we recorded net income of $3,481,000 on revenues of $125,339,000. The net income improved $2,042,000 over the net income of $1,439,000 in 2010; pretax income was $2,272,000, a $1,395,000 improvement over the $877,000 pretax income in 2010. Total revenues increased by $12,620,000, or 11.2%, from $112,719,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 principally due to increased revenues in the Electronic payment processing, and Small business finance segments partially offset by decreases in revenues from the Corporate and Capco segments. The Small business finance segment recorded a $5,493,000 fair value loss, of which $3,366,000 was related to the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans transferred in secondary market transactions during 2010, but achieved sales status in 2011 and for which a corresponding fair value gain had been recorded previously. Total expenses increased $2,069,000 to $117,443,000 for the year ended 2011 from $115,374,000 for 2010: increases in electronic payment processing costs, salaries and benefits, lease restructuring charges, and other general and administrative costs were offset by decreases in interest, depreciation and amortization, and provision for loan losses.

The net income in 2011 was positively impacted by a tax benefit for the year of $1,097,000. The effective rate, or (48)%, is comprised of a net deferred tax benefit and a current tax provision. Although the Company had consolidated pretax income, the income from NSBF was offset by the available net operating losses (“NOL”) at NSBF which had a previous valuation allowance. In addition, the remaining valuation allowance on the NSBF deferred tax asset was released based on past and future performance of the entity. The Company used its remaining passive losses and NOLs in 2011 to offset taxable income primarily generated by the Capcos. Based on the timing of temporary differences related to the Capco entities, the Company will experience significant taxable income in 2011 and future years. See Note 19 for a full discussion.

Contributing to the pretax income of $2,272,000 in 2011, were improvements in pretax income for the Electronic payment processing, Managed technology solutions, Small business finance, Capco and All other segments, which were offset by an increased loss in the Corporate segment. Electronic payment processing segment gross margin increased on a percentage basis due to the introduction of new, higher margin products and services in both 2010 and 2011 as well as reduced electronic payment processing costs. The improved pretax income in the Managed technology solutions segment resulted from increased sales including fees from web design and reduced expenses, primarily a reduction in depreciation and amortization.

One of the primary drivers for Newtek’s continued profitability was the operation of the Small business finance segment which generated an increase in pretax income of $2,090,000 to $4,135,000 in 2011 as compared to $2,045,000 in 2010. The

 

22


Table of Contents

Small business finance segment utilized the Company’s business model to capitalize on a positive operating environment due to improved pricing in the secondary market for guaranteed loan sales, and demand for loans from borrowers due to the shortage of loans provided by conventional lenders, to increase loan originations, loan servicing and receivables financing. The segment originated $97,129,000 of SBA 7(a) loans during 2011 as opposed to $65,655,000 originated during 2010. In addition, the segment continued to benefit from a contract with the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to provide servicing in connection with failures of banks holding SBA guaranteed loans. In 2010, the segment’s lender, Newtek Small Business Finance, received a “select servicer” rating from S&P for servicing small business loans.

The lending operations of the Small business finance segment materially affected all aspects of Newtek’s cash flows in 2011. Net cash provided by the Company’s operations totaled $11,405,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011. The amount due from brokers decreased by $7,148,000, and the segment’s receivables financing company increased receivable purchases which contributed a $3,633,000 increase over the year ended December 31, 2010. Investing activities used $17,648,000 primarily to fund $22,269,000 of SBA 7(a) unguaranteed portions. Financing activities generated $7,224,000 primarily reflecting proceeds from the Company’s second securitization of additional unguaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, the proceeds of which were used to restructure a term loan from Capital One bank, and the use of the new Capital One bank revolving facility to fund guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans. As a result of these activities, cash and cash equivalents increased $981,000 from $10,382,000 on December 31, 2010 to $11,363,000 on December 31, 2011.

In December 2010, the Company established a securitization trust and issued notes in the amount of $16,000,000. A second securitization, an amendment to the original transaction, was completed in December 2011, and resulted in an additional $14,900,000 notes being issued. The SBA lender used the cash generated from these transactions to retire its outstanding term loan from Capital One, N.A. and to fund an account with a combined total of $8,000,000 which was used to purchase unguaranteed portions originated subsequent to the securitization transactions. Although the success of the securitization provides a long term funding source for the Company’s SBA lender, the securitization mechanism itself does not provide liquidity in the short term for funding SBA loans.

In 2010, ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” required for the guaranteed portions transferred that the Company, due to the premium warranty formerly incorporated in SBA Form 1086 (see the discussion above), establish a new asset related to the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans contractually sold but subject to premium recourse and a matching liability until the end of the warranty period. Contemporaneous with the adoption of this new accounting standard the Company elected the fair value option for valuing this new liability, which is captioned in the consolidated financial statements as “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the time, management elected to adopt the fair value option election because it more accurately reflected the economics of the transaction. After February 7, 2011, the new SBA Form 1086 allowed the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the date of transfer, as was done prior to January 1, 2010. As a result, the balances in the “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” and “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” steadily decreased throughout 2010 and eventually reached zero by December 31, 2011.

During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company relocated its corporate and lending facility to two smaller spaces in order to reduce its expense and improve its cash flows. Concurrent with this relocation, the Company entered into a sublease agreement of the previous office space located at 1440 Broadway, New York, NY. The present value of the differential of the remaining obligation of the original lease, which expires in October 2015, reduced by the estimated rent collections under the sublet resulted in a $990,000 loss which the Company recorded as a pretax charge to earnings.

Finally, during the course of 2010, Wilshire Alabama Partners, LLC reached the 100% investment threshold, and in 2011 received official confirmation that it had completed all investment and other requirements under the CAPCO program.

 

23


Table of Contents

Business Segment Results:

The results of the Company’s reportable business segments are discussed below.

Electronic Payment Processing

 

                          % Change  
(In thousands):    2011      2010      2009      2011     2010  

Revenue:

             

Electronic payment processing

   $ 82,475       $ 80,920       $ 69,651         2     16

Interest income

     11         16         37         (31 %)      (57 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total revenue

     82,486         80,936         69,688         2     16
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Expenses:

             

Electronic payment processing costs

     69,145         68,177         58,299         1     17

Salaries and benefits

     3,995         4,101         4,094         (3 %)      0

Professional fees

     270         346         267         (22 %)      30

Depreciation and amortization

     1,419         1,632         1,754         (13 %)      (7 %) 

Other general and administrative costs

     1,206         962         921         25     5
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total expenses

     76,035         75,218         65,335         1     15
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Income before income taxes

   $ 6,451       $ 5,718       $ 4,353         13     31
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

Electronic payment processing revenue increased $1,555,000 or 2% between years due to organic growth of 2%. Revenue from acquired portfolios decreased overall revenue growth by less than 1% due to merchant attrition and other factors. Revenue from organic growth increased due to a combination of growth in processing volumes, selective fee increases and additions to services provided to our merchants. Processing volumes were favorably impacted by an increase in the average number of processing merchants under contract between periods of 6%. In addition, organic growth in revenue between periods increased due to an increase of approximately 2% in the average monthly processing volume per merchant. The increase in the average monthly processing volume per merchant is due in part to the addition of several larger volume processing merchants as well as year-over-year growth in processing volumes from existing merchants. Total revenue from non-acquired business in 2011 was adversely impacted by approximately 6% due to the overall pricing mix of merchant sales volumes realized between periods as well as price decreases under certain merchant processing contracts.

Electronic payment processing costs increased $968,000 or 1% between years. Electronic payment processing costs resulting from acquired portfolios had the overall effect of decreasing such costs by less than 1% between years. Electronic payment processing costs associated with non-acquired business had the effect of increasing electronic payment processing costs by less than 2% between years. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2011, the EPP Segment began experiencing lower EPP Costs as interchange costs on debit card transactions were reduced for interchange plus priced merchants as well as others. Processing revenues less electronic payment processing costs (“margin”) increased from 15.7% in 2010 to 16.2% in 2011. The effect of a lower margin from acquired portfolios decreased the gross margin percentage by 0.3%. The introduction of new, higher margin products and services in both 2010 and 2011 and the impact on revenues and EPP Costs as a result of the debit card pricing and interchange cost changes noted above, more than offset the impact in 2011 of lower margins realized due to a change in the mix of merchants and their related transaction processing activity between years. The increase in margin dollars was $587,000 between years.

Excluding electronic payment processing costs, other costs decreased $151,000 or 2% between years. Depreciation and amortization decreased $213,000 between periods as the result of previously acquired portfolio intangible assets becoming fully amortized between periods. Remaining costs increased $62,000 as an increase in marketing related costs of $169,000 was partially offset by cost reductions in salaries and wages and professional fees between years. Marketing expense increased in conjunction with the launch of The Small Business Authority, a new marketing campaign initiated by the Company beginning in January 2011.

 

24


Table of Contents

Income before income taxes increased $733,000 to $6,451,000 in 2011 from $5,718,000 in 2010. The increase in income before income taxes was due to the increase in the dollar margin of operating revenues less electronic payment processing costs of $587,000 due to the reasons noted above and the decrease in other expenses between years.

2010

Electronic payment processing revenue increased $11,269,000 or 16% between periods due to the impact of growth in organic revenue of 17% while revenues from acquired portfolios decreased overall growth in revenues by 1% between periods due to merchant attrition and other factors. The growth in organic revenue was due to a combination of growth in processing volumes, selective fee increases and additional fee-based services provided to our merchants. Processing volumes were favorably impacted by an increase in the average number of merchants under contract between periods of 7%. In addition, organic revenue between periods increased due to an increase of approximately 6% in the average monthly processing volume per merchant. The increase in the average monthly processing volume per merchant is due in part to the addition of several larger volume processing merchants as well as period-over-period growth in processing volumes from existing merchants. The remaining increase in organic revenue is due to selective fee increases, principally reflecting the pass through effect to merchants of corresponding fee increases by both VISA® and Master Card®, and the mix of services provided to our merchants.

Electronic payment processing costs increased $9,878,000 or 17% between years. Electronic payment processing costs resulting from acquired portfolios had the overall effect of decreasing such costs by approximately 1% between periods due to merchant attrition and other factors. Organic electronic payment processing costs had the effect of increasing electronic payment processing cost by 18% between periods. Processing revenues less electronic payment processing cost (“margin”) decreased approximately .6% from 16.3% in 2009 to 15.7% in 2010. A lower contribution to margin from acquired portfolios contributed .6% to the decline in margin. An increase in residual payments made to certain high volume third-party sales referral sources and the growth of such third-party sales on a sales mix basis resulted in a reduction of the margin by 1.0%. Partially offsetting the aforementioned factors were margin improvements totaling approximately 1.0%. Such margin improvements included negotiated cost reductions with the Company’s principal transaction processor, the introduction of new, higher margin products and services, as well as rate increases for certain processing services. The increase in margin dollars was $1,391,000 between periods.

Excluding electronic payment processing costs, other costs increased $5,000 or .1% between periods. Depreciation and amortization costs decreased $122,000 between periods as the result of previously acquired portfolio intangible assets becoming fully amortized between periods. Remaining costs increased $127,000 or 2.4% principally resulting from efforts to identify customer service improvement opportunities and to support the growth in the number of merchants served between periods.

Income before income taxes increased $1,365,000 or 31% to $5,718,000 in 2010 from $4,353,000 in 2009. An increase in the dollar margin of operating revenues less EPP processing costs due to the reasons noted above coupled with a lower rate of increase in other expenses resulted in the increase in income before income taxes between periods.

 

25


Table of Contents

Managed Technology Solutions

 

                          % Change  
(In thousands):    2011      2010      2009      2011     2010  

Revenue:

             

Web hosting and design

   $ 19,183       $ 19,164       $ 18,846         0     2

Interest income

     1         4         12         (75 %)      (67 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total revenue

     19,184         19,168         18,858         0     2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Expenses:

             

Salaries and benefits

     4,755         4,910         5,042         (3 %)      (3 %) 

Interest

     104         107         123         (3 %)      (13 %) 

Professional fees

     692         551         280         26     97

Depreciation and amortization

     1,387         1,828         2,575         (24 %)      (29 %) 

Other general and administrative costs

     7,405         7,042         6,913         5     2
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Total expenses

     14,343         14,438         14,933         (1 %)      (3 %) 
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

      

Income before income taxes

   $ 4,841       $ 4,730       $ 3,925         2     21
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

Revenue is derived primarily from recurring fees from hosting websites, including monthly contracts for shared hosting, dedicated servers, and cloud instances (the “plans”). In addition, revenues are derived from contracted services to design web sites. Revenue between years increased $19,000, or less than 1%, to $19,183,000 in 2011. The increase in revenues included an increase in web design revenues of $177,000 to $532,000 in 2011 and offset by a decrease in web hosting revenue of $158,000. The decrease in web hosting revenue is the result of a decrease in the average monthly number of total plans by 4,575 or 8% between years to 56,351 plans in 2011 from 60,926 plans in 2010. Partially offsetting the decrease in web hosting revenue resulting from the decline in such plans was an increase in the average revenue per plan of 7% to $330.98 from $308.73. The increase in the average revenue per plan reflects a growth in cloud instances and customers purchasing higher-cost plans including additional options and services. The average number of cloud instances increased by 174, or 90%, to an average of 367 from 193 for 2010 reflecting the Company’s introduction of a customer scalable cloud offering in 2011. The decrease in the average total plans is mainly reflected in the shared and dedicated segments. The average monthly number of dedicated server plans for 2011, which generate a higher monthly fee versus shared hosting plans, decreased by 306 between periods, or 14%, to an average of 1,840 from an average of 2,146 for 2010. The average monthly number of shared hosting plans for 2011 decreased by 4,444, or 8%, to an average of 54,143 from 58,587 for 2011. Competition from other web hosting providers as well as alternative website services continues to have a negative effect on web hosting plan count and revenue growth.

Customer service and competitive pricing by NTS lowered the rate of attrition between years, but sales and marketing efforts have yet to provide sufficient new accounts to keep the overall plan count from declining. It is management’s intent to increase revenues and margin per plan through higher service offerings to customers, although this may result in a lower number of plans in place overall.

Total expenses decreased by 1% or $95,000 in 2011 compared to 2010. The decrease in total expenses includes a decrease in salaries and benefits between years of $155,000 and a $441,000 decrease in depreciation and amortization due to reduced capital expenditures in recent years as a result of lower replacement costs for new equipment overall, more efficient use of existing equipment within the data center for shared and dedicated plans and the utilization of cloud architecture to more efficiently provide services to customers. The $155,000 decrease in salaries and benefits was principally due to an increase in capitalized wages for internally used software of $53,000 and an additional amount charged to other Newtek segments ($114,000) between years which is reflected as a reduction of salaries and wages for segment reporting purposes. The increase of $141,000 in professional fees was primarily due to an increase in audit fees for a SOC 1 engagement and an increase in web design costs in direct connection with the additional service offering to customers for custom website development. The $363,000 increase in other general and administrative costs is primarily due to a one-time expense of $190,000 as a result of the resolution of a licensing dispute and an increase of $136,000 in marketing expense. Marketing expense increased in conjunction with the launch of The Small Business Authority, a new marketing campaign initiated by the Company in January 2011.

 

26


Table of Contents

Income before income taxes increased 2% or $111,000 to $4,841,000 for 2011 from $4,730,000 for 2010. The improvement in profitability resulted primarily from the decrease in salaries and benefits and depreciation and amortization.

2010

This segment derives revenue primarily from recurring fees from hosting websites, including monthly contracts for shared hosting, dedicated servers, and virtual instances (the “plans”). Web hosting revenue between periods increased $318,000, or 2%, to $19,164,000 for 2010 over 2009 due to improved revenue per plan (see below), organic growth of hosted virtual instances, and an increase in the sales of custom website development services. NTS sales promotions and service and plan enhancements failed to prevent losses in plan counts but did help to maintain revenue. Web design revenue grew approximately $220,000 to $356,000 for 2010 from $136,000 for 2009. Management’s intent is to grow revenues through higher service offerings to customers to drive greater revenue and margin per plan, although this may result in a lower number of plans sold overall.

The increase in revenue reflects an increase in average revenue per plan of 9% to $314.55 from $289.12 offset by a decrease in the average monthly number of total plans by 4,258 for 2010 as compared to 2009, or 7%, to 60,926 from 65,184. Improvement in revenue per plan primarily reflects the growth in virtual instances, customers purchasing higher-cost plans, and utilizing additional options and services. The average monthly number of dedicated server plans for 2010, which generate a higher monthly fee versus shared hosting plans, decreased by 29 between periods, or 1%, to an average of 2,146 from 2,175 for 2009. The average monthly number of shared hosting plans for 2010 decreased by 4,278, or 7%, to an average of 58,587 from 62,865 for 2009. The average monthly number of virtual instance plans increased by 46, or 31%, to an average of 193 from 147 for 2009. Increased competition from other web hosting providers as well as alternative website services continue to have a negative effect on plan count growth which in turn limits revenue growth.

Total segment expenses decreased by 3%, or $495,000 for the year ended 2010 over the prior year. The majority of the decrease between periods reflects a decrease in salaries and benefits of $132,000, a decrease in depreciation and amortization of $747,000 and a decrease in interest expense of $16,000 partially offset by an increase in other general and administrative costs of $129,000, mainly due to an increase in utility costs, and an increase in professional fees of $271,000. The $174,000 decrease in salaries and benefits was primarily due to a reduction of headcount between years offset slightly by an increase in health insurance premiums. The $747,000 decrease in depreciation and amortization was primarily due approximately $439,000 of amortization expense in the prior year that did not reoccur in 2010 relating to the intangible assets (the customer account and non-compete covenant from the time of acquisition) being fully amortized at June 30, 2009 and the slowing of capital expenditures as a result of more efficient use of the existing equipment within the datacenter. The $271,000 increase in professional fees is primarily due to the increase in web design costs in direct connection with the additional service offering to customers for custom website development.

Income before income taxes increased 21% or $805,000 to $4,730,000 for 2010 from $3,925,000 for 2009. The improvement in profitability primarily resulted from the increase in web hosting and web related services revenue combined with a decrease in total expenses. The increase in the sales of custom website development services along with the slowing of capital expenditures and the intangible assets having been fully amortized in the prior year contributed to the improvement in income in 2010.

 

27


Table of Contents

Small Business Finance

 

                       % Change  
(In thousands):    2011     2010     2009     2011     2010  

Revenue:

          

Premium on loan sales

   $ 12,468      $ 2,428      $ 1,652        414     47

Servicing fee

     3,098        2,564        1,625        21     58

Interest income

     2,545        1,747        1,503        46     16

Management fees

     585        585        585        —       —  

Other income

     2,329        2,047        1,943        14     5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

     21,025        9,371        7,308        124     28
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net change in fair value of:

          

SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

     (3,366     3,366        —          (200 )%      —  

SBA loans held for sale

     265        413        —          (36 )%      —  

SBA loans held for investment

     (2,392     (285     —          (739 )%      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total net change in fair value

     (5,493     3,494        —          (257 )%      —  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Expenses:

          

Salaries and benefits

     4,689        3,620        2,920        30     24

Interest

     2,030        1,916        1,485        6     29

Management fees

     —          460        460        (100 )%      —  

Professional fees

     474        450        364        5     24

Depreciation and amortization

     893        790        931        13     (15 )% 

Provision for loan loss

     751        1,849        1,833        (59 )%      1

Other general and administrative costs

     2,560        1,735        1,610        48     8
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total expenses

     11,397        10,820        9,603        5     13
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 4,135      $ 2,045      $ (2,295     102     189
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2011

Revenue is derived primarily from premium income generated by the sale of the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of SBA loans. Additionally, the Company derives revenue from interest income on SBA loans held for investment and held for sale, servicing fee income on the guaranteed portions of SBA loans previously sold, servicing income for loans originated by other lenders for which NSBF is the servicer, and financing and billing services, classified as other income above, provided by NBC. Most SBA loans originated by NSBF charge an interest rate equal to the Prime rate plus an additional percentage amount; the interest rate resets to the current Prime rate on a monthly or quarterly basis, which will result in changes to the amount of interest accrued for that month and going forward and a re-amortization of a loan’s payment amount until maturity.

The implementation of ASC Topic 860 “Transfers and Servicing,” which became effective January 1, 2010, delayed the recognition of premium income for sales of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans. In 2010 and prior, SBA Form 1086 required, as part of the transferor’s representations and warranties, that the transferor repay any premium received from the transferee if either the SBA 7(a) loan borrower prepays the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or fails to make one of its first three loan payments after the settlement date in a timely fashion and then proceeds to default within 275 days of the settlement date. Under ASC Topic 860, such recourse precludes sale treatment of the transferred guaranteed portions during this warranty period; rather NSBF was required to account for this as a financing arrangement with the transferee. Until the warranty period expired such transferred loans were classified as “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” with a matching liability “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” In January 2011, the SBA issued a notice stating that Form 1086 would be revised to remove all reference to a warranty period for loans sold in the secondary market. This change became effective February 7, 2011 and allowed the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the date of transfer, as was done prior to January 1, 2010.

 

28


Table of Contents

In 2010, the Company elected the fair value option for valuing “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse,” and also elected to utilize the fair value option for SBA 7(a) loans funded on or after that date. As a result, the Company recorded changes in the fair value for the guaranteed portions that were not transferred at period end (“SBA loans held for sale”) and for loans transferred in the secondary market that did not achieve sale status under ASC Topic 860 (“SBA loans transferred, subject to recourse”). At the expiration of the warranty period, the sale of the guaranteed portions of these loans as well as the corresponding gain was recognized into premium income, and the asset and liability eliminated.

On October 1, 2010, the Company elected to utilize the fair value option for SBA 7(a) loans funded on or after that date. For loans funded on or after October 1, 2010, the income statement separates the revenue and expense components mixed into premium on loan sales: premium on loan sales equals the cash premium and servicing asset paid by purchaser in the secondary market, the discount created on the unguaranteed portion is included in the fair value line item, and by not capitalizing various transaction expenses the salary and benefit and loan processing costs expense lines portray a value closer to the cash cost to operate the lending business.

For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company originated 104 loans totaling $97,129,000 and recognized $9,272,000 of premium income from 102 loans sold aggregating $73,871,000 which were not subject to the premium warranty and $3,196,000 in premium income associated with 47 loans aggregating $30,783,000 which were subject to the premium warranty and previously transferred, and achieved sale status during 2011. Because of the premium warranty in existence during 2010 that delayed sale recognition, the Company recorded premium income for the year ended December 31, 2010 for 54 of the 101, or $25,965,000 of the $57,517,000 guaranteed loans transferred, representing the $2,428,000 in premium income and a corresponding fair value gain as discussed below. Premiums on guaranteed loan sales for the twelve months averaged 111.35% with 1% servicing in 2011 compared with 110.33% with 1% servicing in 2010.

Servicing fee income increased by $534,000 due primarily to revenue generated by the FDIC servicing contract, which totaled $1,389,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with $784,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010; the FDIC contracts, for both servicing and consulting, run through December 2014. The revenue for the latter is included in other income. In addition, the average NSBF originated serviced portfolio increased from $142,719,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $192,126,000 for the same period in 2011. This improvement was the direct result of an increase in loan originations which began at the end of 2009. This increase was partially offset by a $174,000 reduction in servicing fee income related to guaranteed loan repurchases by the SBA.

Interest income increased by $798,000 due primarily to interest on SBA loans, which increased by $892,000 as a result of the growth and positive performance of the portfolio; the average outstanding performing portfolio of SBA loans held for investment increased from $21,504,000 to $29,649,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. In addition, interest earned from SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse, decreased by $96,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011; all of the transferred loans which had been subject to premium warranty achieved sales status, and interest earned from SBA loans transferred ceased during the fourth quarter of 2011.

Other income increased by $282,000 primarily due to an increase in revenue earned by Newtek Business Credit. Fees earned on receivables purchased and billing services increased by $164,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with the year ended December 31, 2010, which was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of clients serviced as well as an increase in the amount of receivables purchased from existing clients. Additionally, $198,000 of packaging fee income, which had previously been capitalized at NSBF, is now recognized upfront as a result of the adoption of fair value accounting for loans funded on or after October 1, 2010. NSBF also realized an increase of $58,000 in other loan related revenue such as late fees and recoveries year over year. These increases were partially offset by a $132,000 reduction in income earned under the FDIC consulting contract in the current year.

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company recorded a net fair value gain of $3,366,000 related to 101 guaranteed loans transferred aggregating $56,735,000, of which 54 achieved sale status during the year. During the same period 2011, as a result of the elimination of the premium warranty, all remaining loans transferred during 2010 achieved sale status in 2011, thereby reversing the corresponding fair value adjustment by a net amount of $3,366,000. In addition, the Company recorded a fair value gain of $265,000 for “SBA loans held for sale.” For the year ended December 31, 2011, loans originated and held for investment aggregated $22,308,000 resulting in a corresponding fair value loss of $2,392,000.

Salaries and benefits increased by $1,069,000 primarily due to the addition of staff in the originating, servicing and liquidation departments, as well as an increase in staff to service outside contracts. Combined headcount increased by 18.6% from an average of

 

29


Table of Contents

43 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to an average of 51 for the year ended December 31, 2011. Additionally, prior to October 1, 2010, certain direct salary and benefit costs to originate loans were deferred and amortized over the contractual life of the SBA loan using a method that approximated the effective interest method. For the year ended December 31, 2010, this equated to $201,000 of expense being deferred. Subsequent to September 30, 2010, the Company began recording the origination of loans based on the fair value method which requires the upfront expensing of such direct costs.

Interest expense increased by $114,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared with the same period in 2010, due primarily to an increase of $318,000 of interest expense associated with NSBF financing agreements with Capital One Bank and the securitization of $27,779,000 comprising a $16,000,000 transaction in December 2010, and a second in December 2011 totaling $11,779,000, which increased the average debt outstanding from $12,156,000 to $21,966,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011, respectively. Interest expense on NSBF debt increased from $748,000 to $1,065,000 period over period, while the average interest rate decreased from 6.40% to 4.74%. The average debt outstanding at NBC increased from $3,757,000 to $4,560,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2011 resulting in an increase to interest expense of $32,000, while the average interest rate decreased from 7.33% to 6.26% during the same period. Additionally, the amortization of deferred financing costs by NSBF decreased by $167,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 when compared with the prior year. The decrease in amortized of deferred financing costs for 2011 was due to the acceleration of amortization in connection with the repayment of the term loan with Capital One in the fourth quarter of 2010. The amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the line of credit held by NBC increased by $33,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared with the prior period. This increase was due to the acceleration of amortization in connection with the refinancing of the term loan with Wells Fargo, and the securing of a new term loan with Sterling National Bank in the first quarter 2011. In addition, interest expense on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse, decreased by $96,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Consideration in arriving at the provision for loan loss includes past and current loss experience, current portfolio composition, future estimated cash flows, and the evaluation of real estate and other collateral as well as current economic conditions. For all loans originated on or prior to September 30, 2010, management performed a loan-by-loan review for the estimated uncollectible portion of non-performing loans. Subsequent to September 30, 2010, management began recording all loan originations on a fair value basis which requires a valuation reduction of the unguaranteed portion of loans held for investment to a level that takes into consideration future losses. This valuation reduction is reflected in the line item above: Net Change in Fair Value of SBA Loans Held for Investment.

The decrease in the loan loss provision of $1,098,000 from $1,849,000 in 2010 to $751,000 in 2011 was offset by a $2,107,000 increase in the net change in fair value of SBA loans held for investment for loans originated subsequent to September 30, 2010. The combined provision for loan loss and net change in fair value of SBA loans held for investment increased from $2,135,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 to $3,144,000 for the corresponding period in 2011. This net increase of $1,009,000 period over period is consistent with the expansion of the unguaranteed portfolio during 2011. The allowance for loan loss including the net change in fair value increased from $3,845,000 or 12.1% of the gross portfolio balance of $31,759,000 at December 31, 2010 to $5,567,000 or 11.8% of the gross portfolio balance of $47,030,000 at December 31, 2011. This decrease as a percentage of the gross portfolio balance reflects the positive performance of the portfolio, resulting in a return to more historical levels of reserves. Total impaired non-accrual loans decreased from $7,990,000 or 26.3% of the total portfolio at December 31, 2010 to $6,766,000 or 15% at December 31, 2011 with $2,516,000 or 31.5% and $2,417,000 or 35.7% of the allowance for loan losses being allocated against such impaired non-accrual loans, respectively. The year over year reduction in non-performing loans results from an improvement in the overall economic climate and less delinquent loans in the portfolio. The year over year reduction in the specific reserve reflects both the overall collateralization on the non-performing portfolio as well as the increase in the portion of that portfolio making periodic payments pending return to performing status reducing the need for a specific reserve at this time.

Other general and administrative costs increased by $825,000 due primarily to the Company recording loan related expenses based on the fair value method which requires the upfront expensing of such direct costs as well as an increase in such loan processing and servicing costs as a result of the increase in loans originated during the current year. Additionally, marketing costs increased by $194,000 primarily in conjunction with the launch of The Small Business Authority, a new marketing campaign initiated by the Company in January 2011.

The increase in premium income combined with improvements in servicing, interest, and other income generated by the addition to and enhanced performance of the portfolio, were sufficient to offset an increase in compensation and other expenses, and resulted in an improvement to income before income taxes of $2,090,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011, when compared to the same period of 2010.

 

30


Table of Contents

2010

For the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company originated 107 loans totaling $65,655,000 and recognized $2,428,000 in premium income as a result the expiration of the warranty period for 54 guaranteed loan sales totaling $25,965,000. Also during this period, the Company transferred 47 guaranteed loans aggregating $30,637,000; however, as discussed above, the recognition of the premium revenue from these transfers is delayed into future periods until the sale can be recognized. The Company expects to recognize the premium income on these transfers in 2011, offset by a fair value loss of approximately the same amount. Of these, 31 loans totaling $21,212,000 transferred subsequent to September 30, 2010 were measured at fair value.

Premium income for the year ended December 31, 2009 totaled $1,652,000, resulting from 33 guaranteed loan sales aggregating $19,941,000. As a result of the dislocation in the secondary market during 2009, the premium on the guaranteed loans sold dropped to par and the servicing component increased to over 4.2% during the year ended December 31, 2009. In order to more appropriately value the servicing asset, in 2009 the Company applied a discounted cash flow model, which uses valuation techniques to convert future amounts to a single present amount and is based on the value indicated by current market expectations about those future amounts. The premium earned during 2009 is reflective of this valuation method of the newly created servicing assets. In 2010 the Company reverted back to the strip multiple method for loans that achieved sale status.

Servicing fee income related to SBA loans increased by $939,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 due primarily to the addition $784,000 of servicing income associated with loans serviced for others under a new contract entered into at the end of 2009. Additionally, the average NSBF servicing portfolio increased from $125,291,000 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 compared to $142,719,000 for the current period resulting in an additional $281,000 of servicing income and reflecting NSBF’s renewed loan originations starting in the fourth quarter of 2009. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $126,000 related to servicing for another financial institution that terminated their contract with NSBF in November 2009.

Interest income increased by $244,000 due to the recognition of $440,000 of interest earned from SBA loans transferred, subject to recourse during the twelve months ended December 31, 2010. This increase was partially offset by a reduction in interest income associated with a decrease in the average outstanding performing portfolio of SBA loans held for investment from $22,253,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $21,753,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010: this reduction primarily reflects that the addition of loans under the 90% guaranty program could not offset the normal principal pay-downs of the loan portfolio. In addition, a $70,000 reduction in interest income was recognized during 2010 as a result of previous recognized interest income being reversed as a result of loans being transferred into nonperforming status. Total interest income on loans held for investment was $1,307,000 and $1,503,000 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Prior to September 30, 2010, certain related direct costs to originate loans were deferred and amortized over the contractual life of the SBA loan using a method that approximates the effective interest method. Subsequent to September 30, 2010, the Company began recording the origination of loans based on the fair value method which requires the upfront expensing of such direct costs. This change is not expected to have a material impact on interest income on future periods.

Other income increased by $104,000 due primarily to the addition of consulting income associated with the FDIC contract, which totaled $128,000 as well as the net addition of ten new factoring clients at NBC resulting in an additional $281,000 of related income. The increases were predominately offset by a nonrecurring recovery of $175,000 in 2009 related to the reversal of a previously recorded liability associated with the expectation of a settlement for less than anticipated, as well as reductions in late payment and other loan-related income at NSBF and NBC of $74,000. Additionally, billing services revenue earned by NBC decreased by $55,000; the average number of billing service customers decreased by 6 from an average of 80 to an average of 74 during the respective twelve months of 2009 and 2010.

On January 1, 2010, the Company elected the fair value option for valuing “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” On October 1, 2010, the Company elected to utilize the fair value option for SBA 7(a) loans funded on or after that date and fair valued the “SBA loans held for sale” and “SBA loans transferred, subject to recourse” assets created on or after that date. The Company recorded a fair value gain of $3,747,000 related to “SBA loans transferred, subject to recourse” and “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the expiration of the warranty period, the sale of the guaranteed portions of these loans as well as the corresponding gain is recognized into premium income, the asset and liability eliminated and the fair value gain will become an equivalent fair value loss. In addition, the Company recorded a fair value gain of $32,000 for “SBA loans held for sale.” Changes in loans held for investment which have been measured at fair value are represented as “Fair value adjustment on SBA loans held for investment.” Subsequent to September 30, 2010, loans originated and held for investment aggregated $2,595,000 with a corresponding fair value loss of $285,000.

 

31


Table of Contents

Salaries and benefits increased by $724,000 primarily due to the addition of staff in the originating, servicing and liquidation departments of NSBF in connection with the resumption of lending that began in the third quarter of 2009 as well as an increase in staff to service outside contracts. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in payroll expense at NBC by $24,000 during the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company believes it has adequate staff to maintain operations at NBC as well as service its portfolio and originate loans at NSBF. The combined average headcount increased from 32 to 43 for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Interest expense increased from $1,485,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $1,916,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 which included $440,000 of interest expense for Liability for SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse. Interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing costs associated with the lines of credit held by NSBF and NBC of $344,000 and $471,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, respectively. The increase in amortization of deferred financing costs for 2010 was due to the acceleration of amortization in connection with the repayment of the term loan with Capital One in the fourth quarter. These increases were offset by a decrease in net interest expense was primarily due to reductions in the average debt outstanding by NSBF, which decreased from $16,187,000 to $11,863,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, respectively as well as a decrease in the average interest rate from 6.4% to 6.1%. Although the average debt outstanding at NBC increased from $1,787,000 for the year ended December 31, 2009 to $3,757,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010, the average interest rate decreased from 10.49% to 7.33% during the same period.

Professional fees for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared with the prior year increased by $86,000 as a result of an increase in consulting and accounting expenses, which was partially offset by a decrease in legal expense. The increase in consulting and accounting expenses was mainly due to obtaining a rating from the S&P on our loan servicing operations and additional professional fees associated with the payoff of the line with GE.

Consideration in arriving at the provision for loan loss includes past and current loss experience, current portfolio composition, future estimated cash flows, and the evaluation of real estate and other collateral as well as current economic conditions. For all loans originated prior to September 30, 2010, management performed a loan-by-loan review for the estimated uncollectible portion of non-performing loans; subsequent to September 30, 2010, management began recording all loan originations on a fair value basis which requires the immediate write down of the unguaranteed portion of loans held for investment to a level that takes into consideration future losses on the post September 30, 2010 portfolio. While the provision for loan loss increased by $16,000 for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2010, the reserve for loan losses as compared to the gross portfolio balance decreased from $3,985,000 or 13.9% at December 31, 2009 to $3,559,000 or 11.2% at December 31, 2010 reflecting the overall growth from new lending and positive performance of the portfolio. Total impaired non-accrual loans at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, decreased from $8,234,000 to $7,990,000, respectively, with $3,043,000 or 37.0% and $2,516,000 or 31.5% of the allowance for loan losses being allocated against such impaired non-accrual loans, respectively. The year over year reduction in non-performing loans reflects an improvement in the overall economic climate and corresponding impact on the underlying borrowers.

The resumption of loan originations with the 90% guaranty percentage, the additions to servicing and consulting income from the NSBF portfolio and the FDIC contracts, and the adoption of fair value accounting for the liability created in accordance with ASC Topic 860 on January 1, 2010 and loans funded subsequent to September 30, 2010, resulted in a return to profitability for the year ended December 31, 2010 from a loss in the same period of 2009.

 

32


Table of Contents

All Other

 

                       % Change  
(In thousands):    2011     2010     2009     2011     2010  

Revenue:

          

Insurance commissions

   $ 1,071      $ 886      $ 811        21     9

Other income

     627        400        1,552        57     (74 )% 

Interest income

     10        61        50        (84 )%      22
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

     1,708        1,347        2,413        27     (44 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Expenses:

          

Salaries and benefits

     1,881        1,563        1,624        20     (4 )% 

Other than temporary decline in value of investments

     —          510        125        (100 )%      308

Professional fees

     181        174        154        4     13

Depreciation and amortization

     80        135        130        (41 )%      4

Other general and administrative costs

     427        567        748        (25 )%      (24 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total expenses

     2,569        2,949        2,781        (13 )%      6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Loss before income taxes

   $ (861   $ (1,602   $ (368     (46 )%      335
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The All other segment includes revenues and expenses primarily from Newtek Insurance Agency, LLC, Newtek Payroll Services and qualified businesses that received investments made through the Company’s Capcos which cannot be aggregated with other operating segments.

2011

Total revenue increase of $361,000, or 27% is primarily due to the increase in insurance commission revenue of $185,000, or 21% and other income $227,000, or 57% offset by a decrease in interest income of $51,000, or 84% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in insurance commissions in 2011 was due to increases in agency bill and force placed insurance policy income. The increase in other income in 2011 was primarily due to a $337,000 gain on an investment held by an equity method investee which was sold in 2011. Interest income decreased in 2011 as a result of a reduction in cash.

Salaries and benefits increased by $318,000 or 20% to $1,881,000 for 2011, as compared to $1,563,000 for 2010 primarily due to the addition of five employees in our new payroll services entity, Newtek Payroll Services. The $510,000 decrease in other than temporary decline in value of investments was related primarily to a cost investment which was written-off in the prior year. Depreciation and amortization decreased $55,000, or 41%, primarily due to fixed assets that have become fully depreciated. Other general administrative costs decreased by $140,000 or 25%, to $427,000 for 2011 as compared to $567,000 for 2010 due to decreases in insurance, travel and other general office expenses.

2010

The revenue decrease of $1,066,000 is primarily due to the decrease in other income of $1,152,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010 from the year ended December 31, 2009: other income in 2009 benefited from a one-time $1,000,000 recovery of an investment previously written off which did not recurred in 2010. Interest income increased as a result of an increase in cash and cash equivalents. Insurance commissions increased $75,000 for 2010, or 9%, as compared to 2009.

Salaries and benefits decreased by $61,000, or 4% to $1,563,000 for 2010, as compared to $1,624,000 for 2009, as a result of management’s cost cutting initiatives in the insurance agency and other entities mainly during the first quarter 2010. Other than temporary decline in value of investments increased by $385,000, or 308%, to $510,000 for 2010 as compared to $125,000 for 2009, primarily due to a $500,000 write-down of a qualified investment that management determined had zero value based on its impairment tests. Other general and administrative costs decreased by $181,000, or 24% to $567,000 for 2010, as compared to $748,000 for 2009, primarily due to a one-time expense adjustment and a reduction in software maintenance costs in the insurance agency as a result of a software conversion.

Loss before income taxes increased by $1,234,000 during 2010, as compared to 2009, due to the $1,066,000 decrease in revenue as a result of a one-time $1,000,000 recovery that occurred in 2009 of an investment previously written off and an increase in total expenses of $168,000, which was primarily driven by a $510,000 other than temporary decline in value of investments in 2010.

 

33


Table of Contents

Corporate activities

 

                       % Change  
(In thousands):    2011     2010     2009     2011     2010  

Revenue:

          

Management fees

   $ 1,067      $ 2,217      $ 3,164        (52 )%      (30 )% 

Interest income

     21        24        32        (13 )%      (25 )% 

Other income

     4        16        14        (75 )%      14
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

     1,092        2,257        3,210        (52 )%      (30 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Expenses:

          

Salaries and benefits

     5,695        5,178        4,683        10     11

Professional fees

     1,193        1,165        1,495        2     (22 )% 

Depreciation and amortization

     163        312        437        (48 )%      (29 )% 

Lease restructuring charges

     990        —          —          100     —  

Other general and administrative costs

     3,148        2,418        2,535        30     (5 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total expenses

     11,189        9,073        9,150        23     (1 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Loss before income taxes

   $ (10,097   $ (6,816   $ (5,940     48     15
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Corporate activities segment implements business strategy, directs marketing, provides technology oversight and guidance, coordinates and integrates activities of the other segments, contracts with alliance partners, acquires customer opportunities, and owns our proprietary NewTracker™ referral system and all other intellectual property rights. This segment includes revenue and expenses not allocated to other segments, including interest income, Capco management fee income, and corporate operating expenses. These operating expenses consist primarily of internal and external public accounting expenses, internal and external corporate legal expenses, corporate officer salaries, sales and marketing expense and rent for the principal executive offices.

2011

Revenue is derived primarily from management fees earned from the Capcos. Management fee revenue declined 52% or $1,150,000 to $1,067,000 for 2011, from $2,217,000 for 2010. Management fees, which are eliminated upon consolidation, will continue to decline in the future as the Capcos mature and utilize their cash. If a Capco does not have current or projected cash sufficient to pay management fees, then such fees are not accrued.

Total expenses increased $2,116,000, or 23%, for 2011 as compared to 2010. Salaries and benefits increased by $517,000 or 10% to $5,695,000 for 2011 as compared to $5,178,000 for 2010 due to increased salary costs primarily related to executive and employee stock compensation of approximately $269,000 in 2011 versus $57,000 in 2010, and $276,000 of severance pay related to the departure of an executive officer recognized in 2011. As described in Note 20, the lease restructuring charges of $990,000 in 2011 represents the accrued loss recognized on the present value of the amount by which the rent and other direct costs paid by the Company to the landlord exceeds any rent paid to the Company by its tenant under the new sublease over the remainder of the lease term, which expires in October 2015. As a result of the relocation and sublease, the Company anticipates reduced rent expense in the future. Other general and administrative costs increased $730,000 or 30% to $3,148,000 for 2011 from 2010 due to several factors. The Company had an increase of $496,000 in marketing relating to the launch of The Small Business Authority and the WABC radio advertising campaign, experienced a $236,000 bad debt charge related to an uncollectible loan, as well as a $250,000 accrual related to a contract dispute and $86,000 in stock compensation to the Board of Directors. These increased in expenses were partially offset by $330,000 of decreases in telephone, computer, travel and other expenses.

2010

Revenue from management fees earned from the Capcos declined 30%, or $947,000, to $2,217,000 for 2010 from $3,164,000 for 2009. Management fees, which are eliminated upon consolidation, are expected to continue to decline in the future as the Capcos mature and utilize their cash. If a Capco does not have current or projected cash sufficient to pay management fees, then such fees are not paid or accrued.

 

34


Table of Contents

Total expenses decreased by $77,000 or 1%, for 2010 as compared to 2009. Salaries and benefits increased $495,000 or 11% to $5,178,000 for 2010 as compared to $4,683,000 for 2009 mainly due to an increase in headcount. Professional fees decreased $330,000, or 22%, for 2010 from 2009 due to the Company exploring various financing and restructuring alternatives that resulted in significantly higher professional fees for 2009. Other general and administrative costs decreased $117,000 or 5% to $2,418,000 for 2010 as compared to $2,535,000 for 2009 mainly due to decreases in insurance, maintenance and telephone costs.

Capcos

 

                       % Change  
(In thousands):    2011     2010     2009     2011     2010  

Revenue:

          

Income from tax credits

   $ 1,390      $ 2,380      $ 7,837        (42 )%      (70 )% 

Interest income

     42        51        100        (18 )%      (49 )% 

Other income

     65        11        46        491     (76 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total revenue

     1,497        2,442        7,983        (39 )%      (69 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Net change in fair value of: Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

     (131     38        900        (445 )%      (96 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Expenses:

          

Interest expense

     1,282        2,452        8,737        (48 )%      (72 )% 

Management fees

     1,653        2,342        3,289        (29 )%      (29 )% 

Professional fees

     438        498        511        (12 )%      (3 )% 

Other general and administrative costs

     190        386        23        (51 )%      1,578
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total expenses

     3,563        5,678        12,560        (37 )%      (55 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Loss before income taxes

   $ (2,197   $ (3,198   $ (3,677     (31 )%      (13 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

As described in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted fair value accounting for its financial assets and financial liabilities concurrent with its election of the fair value option for substantially all credits in lieu of cash, notes payable in credits in lieu of cash and prepaid insurance. These are the financial assets and liabilities associated with the Company’s Capco notes that are reported within the Company’s Capco segment. The table above reflects the effects of the adoption of fair value measurement on the income and expense items (income from tax credits, interest expense and insurance expense) related to the revalued financial assets and liability for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009. In addition, the net change to the revalued financial assets and liability for the years ended 2011, 2010 and 2009 is reported in the line “Net change in fair value of Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash” on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company does not anticipate creating any new Capcos in the foreseeable future and the Capco segment will continue to incur losses going forward. The Capcos will continue to earn cash investment income on their cash balances and incur cash management fees and operating expenses. The amount of cash available for investment and to pay management fees will be primarily dependent upon future returns generated from investments in qualified businesses. Income from tax credits will consist solely of accretion of the discounted value of the declining dollar amount of tax credits the Capcos will receive in the future; the Capcos will continue to incur non-cash interest expense.

2011

Revenue is derived primarily from non-cash income from tax credits. The decrease in total revenue for 2011 versus 2010 reflects the effect of the declining dollar amount of tax credits remaining in 2011 slightly offset by the recovery of an investment previously written off. The amount of future income from tax credits revenue will fluctuate with future interest rates. However, over future periods through 2016, the amount of tax credits, and therefore the income the Company will recognize, will decrease to zero.

Expenses consist primarily of management fees and non-cash interest expense. Management fees decreased 29%, or $689,000, to $1,653,000 for 2011 from $2,342,000 in 2010. Management fees, which are eliminated upon consolidation, are expected to decline in

 

35


Table of Contents

the future as the Capcos mature and utilize their cash. Interest expense decreased 48%, or $1,170,000, to $1,282,000 for 2011 from $2,452,000 in 2010 as a result of the declining amount of tax credits payable in 2011 versus 2010. Professional fees decreased $60,000 as a result of a reduction in legal and consulting fees. The $196,000 decrease in other general and administrative costs was primarily due to a decrease in rent expenses of $80,000 resulting from income received from a sublease recorded as an offset to the account, to a one-time adjustment for a loan that was previously written off and a receivable recorded for the guaranteed portion of $51,000 and also due to a recognition of a loss in 2010 of approximately $70,000 on the sublease of an existing leasehold which did not recur in 2011, offset by a $5,000 increase in Salaries and benefits expenses.

2010

Revenue is derived primarily from non-cash income from tax credits. The decrease in income from tax credits revenue for 2010 versus 2009 reflects the effect of the lower interest rate used under fair value accounting. The amount of future income from tax credits revenue will fluctuate with future interest rates. However, over future periods through 2016, the amount of tax credits, and therefore the income the Company will recognize, will decrease to zero.

Expenses consist primarily of management fees and non-cash interest expense. Management fees decreased 29%, or $947,000, to $2,342,000 for 2010 from $3,289,000 during 2009. Management fees, which are eliminated upon consolidation, are expected to decline in the future as the Capcos mature and utilize their cash. Interest expense decreased 72%, or $6,285,000, to $2,452,000 for 2010 from $8,737,000 during 2009 as a result of the lower interest rate used under the fair value accounting for the period. The $363,000 increase in other general and administrative costs is due to a returned premium on three Capco insurance policies totaling $471,000 during 2009 which did not recur in 2010 and to the recognition of a $70,000 loss in 2010 on the sublease of existing leasehold, offset partially by $38,000 of other reductions in other general and administrative expenses.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

Cash requirements and liquidity needs over the next twelve months are anticipated to be funded primarily through operating results, available cash and cash equivalents, existing credit lines, proposed new credit lines, and additional securitizations of the Company’s SBA lender’s unguaranteed loan portions. As more fully described below, the Company’s SBA lender will require additional funding sources to maintain current SBA loan originations in the latter part of 2013 under anticipated conditions; although the failure to find these sources may require the reduction in the Company’s SBA lending and related operations, it will not impair the Company’s overall ability to operate.

In order to operate, the Company’s SBA lender depends on the continuation of the SBA 7(a) guaranteed loan program of the United States Government. For 2010 and the first quarter of 2011 the Company benefitted from the increase in the guarantee on SBA 7(a) loans to 90% from 75% which effectively reduced the amount of the loan the Company needs to retain and increased the amount of premium the Company earned on a loan sale. The return to the 75% guarantee level for loans approved after December 31, 2010 required the Company to commit greater cash resources to fund SBA 7(a) loans. The Company’s SBA lender depends on the availability of purchasers for SBA loans held for sale transferred to the secondary markets and the premium earned therein to support its lending operations. At this time the secondary market for the SBA loans held for sale is robust.

The Company’s SBA lender has historically financed the operations of its lending business through loans or credit facilities from various lenders and will need to continue to do so in the future. Such lenders invariably require a security interest in the SBA loans as collateral which, under the applicable law, requires the prior approval of the SBA. If the Company should ever be unable to obtain the approval for its financing arrangements from the SBA, it would likely be unable to continue to make loans.

As an alternative to holding indefinitely the portions of SBA loans remaining after sale of the guaranteed portions in the SBA supervised secondary market, the Company has undertaken to securitize these unguaranteed portions. In December 2010, the first such securitization trust established by the Company issued notes to one investor in the amount of $16,000,000 which received a S&P rating of AA. A second securitization, an amendment to the original transaction, was completed in December 2011, and resulted in an additional $14,900,000 of notes issued to the same investor. The SBA lender used the cash generated from the first transaction to retire its outstanding term loan from Capital One, N.A. and to fund a $3,000,000 account which during the first quarter of 2011 purchased unguaranteed portions originated subsequent to the securitization transaction. Similarly, the proceeds from the second securitization in 2011 were used to pay down its outstanding term loan with Capital One, N.A., and to fund a $5,000,000 account to be

 

36


Table of Contents

used to purchase unguaranteed portions of loans in the first quarter of 2012. While this securitization process can provide a long-term funding source for the SBA lender, there is no certainty that it can be conducted on an economic basis. In addition, the securitization mechanism itself does not provide liquidity in the short term for funding SBA loans.

In December 2010, the SBA lender entered into a new revolving loan agreement with Capital One, N.A. for up to $12,000,000 to be used to fund the guaranteed portions of SBA loans and to be repaid with the proceeds of the sale in the secondary market of those portions. Also, in June 2011, the SBA lender entered into a new revolving loan agreement with Capital One, N.A. for up to $15,000,000 to be used to fund the unguaranteed portions of SBA loans and to be repaid with the proceeds of loan repayments from the borrowers as well as excess cash flow of NSBF. As a result of these two facilities, the SBA lender was able to increase the amount of loans it can fund at any one time.

In April 2010, the Company closed two five year term loans aggregating $14,583,000 with Capital One, N.A. which refinanced Newtek’s SBA lender’s $12,500,000 debt to General Electric Capital Corporation (“GE”) as well as the existing $2,083,000 term loan between Capital One and NTS. Previously the SBA lender utilized the GE debt to originate and warehouse the guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of SBA loans. Under the Capital One term loan, which was collateralized by the unguaranteed, retained loan portions, all unguaranteed loan repayment proceeds were used to reduce the outstanding indebtedness and the SBA lender funds its cash requirements through available cash and cash equivalents supplemented as needed by the cash resources of Newtek.

Through February 28, 2011, the receivables financing unit, NBC, utilized a $10,000,000 line of credit provided by Wells Fargo Bank to purchase and warehouse receivables. On February 28, 2011, NBC entered into a three year line of credit of up to $10,000,000 with Sterling National Bank which replaced the Wells Fargo line. There is no cross collateralization between the Sterling lending facility and the Capital One term loan and credit facility; however, a default under the Capital One term loan or line of credit will create a possibility of default under the Sterling line of credit. The availability of the Sterling line of credit and the performance of the Capital One term loans are subject to compliance with certain covenants and collateral requirements as set forth in their respective agreements, as well as limited restrictions on distributions or loans to the Company by the respective debtor, none of which are material to the liquidity of the Company. At December 31, 2011, the Company and its subsidiaries were in full compliance with applicable loan covenants. The Company guarantees these loans for the subsidiaries up to the amount borrowed; in addition, the Company deposited $750,000 with Sterling to collateralize the guarantee. As of December 31, 2011, the Company’s unused sources of liquidity consisted of $11,363,000 in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $757,000 available through the Sterling National Bank line of credit.

Restricted cash of $14,066,000 as of December 31, 2011 is primarily held in NSBF and the Capcos. The majority, or $9,107,000 of restricted cash, is related to NSBF, and is comprised of $7,109,000 held in a trust cash reserve in connection with the securitization transactions, of which $5,000,000, has been allocated to a pre-funding account for unguaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans to be added to the securitization by March 2012, $1,932,000 is set aside as a reserve in the event payments are insufficient to cover interest and/or principal and $177,000 set aside for servicer and prepaid interest fees. The remaining $1,998,000 represents payments collected due to participants and amounts owed to the SBA. For the Capcos, restricted cash can be used in managing and operating the Capcos, making qualified investments, to repay debt obligations, and for the payment of taxes on Capco taxable income. The Company also has $3,501,000 in cash held by the Capcos restricted for use in managing and operating the Capco, making qualified investments and for the payment of income taxes. The remaining balance includes $750,000 in connection with the Sterling line of credit, and other amounts provided by sponsoring banks in connection with credit card processing and by customers for insurance premiums.

In summary, Newtek generated and used cash as follows:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2011     2010     2009  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ 11,405      $ (2,208   $ 3,128   

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (17,648     (6,336     3,400   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     7,224        6,345        (10,799 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     981        (2,199     (4,271

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     10,382        12,581        16,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   $ 11,363      $ 10,382      $ 12,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

Net cash flows from operating activities increased $13,613,000 to $11,405,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $(2,208,000) used during the year ended December 31, 2010. This change primarily reflects the reduction in broker receivable and reversal of fair value adjustments on SBA loans recorded in 2010. For the year ended December 31, 2010 the Company originated $782,000 of SBA loans held for sale, $30,752,000 of SBA loans transferred subject to premium recourse, and $25,983,000 of SBA loans, achieving sale status for a total use of $(57,517,000). Reflecting the effects of ASC Topic 860 “Transfers and Servicing” which became effective on January 1, 2010 (discussed above), the Company received proceeds from transfers of SBA loans held for sale accounted for as financings (“Liability for SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse”) of $34,094,000 and proceeds from transfers that achieved sale status of $25,983,000, offset by an increase in the broker receivable of $5,591,000, for a net total source of $54,486,000. For the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company originated $74,546,000 of SBA loans held for sale and $274,000 of SBA loans transferred subject to premium recourse, for a total use of $(74,820,000). For the same period, the Company returned $30,783,000 from transfers of SBA loans held for sale accounted for as financings (“Liability for SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse”), and received proceeds of $73,871,000 from the sale of SBA loans, $27,855,000 from the sale of SBA loans achieving sale status, and an increase of $7,148,000 in the broker receivable, for a total net source of $78,091,000. Broker receivables arise from loans traded but not settled before period end and represent the amount of cash due from the purchasing broker; the amount varies depending on loan origination volume and timing of sales at year end. For the year ended December 31, 2011, net SBA loan activities resulted in a net source of $3,271,000. Provision for loan losses decreased $1,146,000 to $763,000 from $1,909,000 for 2011 which decreased in conjunction with the adoption of fair value accounting and the improvement in the performance of the overall portfolio. In addition to SBA loan activities, the Company provided receivables financing which provided cash of $1,469,000 in 2011 as compared to a cash use of $4,697,000 in 2010.

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities primarily includes the originations and repayments of the unguaranteed portions of SBA loans, purchase of fixed assets and customer accounts, changes in restricted cash and investments in qualified businesses. Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities decreased by $11,312,000 to cash used of $(17,648,000) for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to cash use of $(6,336,000) for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was due primarily to a greater amount of SBA loans originated for investment for the year ended $(22,269,000) in 2011, versus $(8,244,000) in 2010. Payments received on SBA loans increased by $1,460,000 to $4,672,000 in 2011 from $3,212,000 in 2010 primarily due to an improvement in the overall performance of the portfolio as well as an increase in the portfolio year over year. The change in restricted cash provided $1,401,000 of cash flow in 2011, versus $533,000 of cash flow in 2010.

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities primarily include the issuance of senior notes in connection with the 2011 securitization transaction and repayments on bank notes payable. Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities increased by $879,000 to cash provided of $7,224,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from cash provided of $6,345,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The primary reason for the increase was the securitization proceeds of $13,513,000, net of issuance costs in 2011, which were used to repay a portion of securitization notes outstanding from the original transaction, as well as the extinguish the NBC debt outstanding with Wells Fargo, and pay down a portion of the NTS Capital One term loan outstanding. Restricted cash related to the securitization decreased by $1,207,000, of which $5,000,000 has been designated as a pre-funding account which will be used to purchase future unguaranteed potions of SBA 7(a) loans. The current year provision of $1,033,000 reflects proceeds from the Company’s new lines with Capital One for the origination of the guaranteed portions of SBA loans, offset by a net reduction in the amount outstanding on CDS credit line with Sterling, and formerly outstanding with Wells Fargo. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company received $5,076,000 of proceeds from the Sterling term note made to NBC and used the funds to repay the outstanding amount on the Wells Fargo line of credit. In addition, the Company made principal payments on the Capital One term note made to NTS of $417,000 for the period.

The overall $981,000 increase in cash and cash equivalents in 2011 primarily reflects the reduction in broker receivable from the prior period, proceeds from borrowings on the bank lines of credit and the debt issued under the securitization transaction, offset by an increase in SBA loans originated for investment and payments on senior notes.

Financing Activities

Newtek historically obtained long-term financing to fund its investments and operations primarily through the issuance of notes to insurance companies through the Capco programs. Through December 31, 2011, Newtek has received in aggregate $235,718,000 in proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, Capco warrants, and Newtek common shares through the Capco programs. Newtek’s Capcos last issued notes in 2005 and the Company does not anticipate participating in future Capco programs. In 2004, Newtek raised $20,762,000 (net of related offering costs) in a secondary public offering. Newtek’s principal funding requirements have been costs related to the Capco programs ($152,125,000), the acquisitions of NTS and Vistar (the combination of which totaled $9,836,000), investments in Capco qualified businesses, SBA 7(a) loans, receivable purchases, and working capital needs resulting from operating

 

38


Table of Contents

and business development activities of its consolidated operating entities. In 2010, NTS entered into a new term loan with Capital One, N.A., the proceeds of which were used to refinance the pre-existing term loan between NTS and Capital One, N.A. Also in 2010, NSBF entered into a new revolving loan agreement with Capital One, N.A. for up to $12,000,000 to be used to fund the guaranteed portions of SBA loans and to be repaid with the proceeds of the sale in the secondary market of those portions. In June 2011, the SBA lender entered into a new revolving loan agreement with Capital One, N.A. for up to $15,000,000 to be used to fund the unguaranteed portions of SBA loans and to be repaid with the proceeds of loan repayments from the borrowers as well as excess cash flow of NSBF. As a result of these two facilities, the SBA lender was able to increase the amount of loans it can fund at any one time. In February 2011, NBC entered into a three year line of credit of up to $10,000,000 with Sterling National Bank which replaced the Wells Fargo line.

Credit Lines and Term Loans

In April 2010, the Company closed two five-year term loans aggregating $14,583,000 with Capital One, N.A., of which $12,500,000 refinanced NSBF’s pre-existing facility with GE (the “NSBF Portion”) and $2,083,000 refinanced the pre-existing term loan between Capital One and NTS. In December 2010, the outstanding balance of the NSBF portion and all accrued interest thereon was repaid in full from the proceeds of a securitization transaction, discussed below. The interest rate on the NTS term loan and on the former NSBF term loan is variable based on the monthly London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rate plus 4.25% or Prime plus 2.25%, but no lower than 5.75%, with interest paid in arrears along with each monthly principal payment due. The NTS term loan is collateralized by all of NTS’s assets and Newtek guarantees the repayment obligations. The NSBF term loan was collateralized by all of NSBF’s assets and Newtek guaranteed the repayment obligations. The agreement includes such financial covenants at the NBS level with its consolidated subsidiaries of a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum EBITDA requirements and minimum cash requirements held at Capital One. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants set in this line.

Also in December 2010, NSBF closed a credit facility with Capital One for up to a maximum amount of $6,000,000 initially, expandable to $12,000,000. The credit facility, often referred to as a “wet funding” credit line, is used to fund those portions of SBA 7(a) loans made by NSBF that are guaranteed by the SBA, with funds received on the sale of those guaranteed portions of the SBA 7(a) loans by NSBF reducing the facility. The outstanding balance of the credit facility bears a variable per annum rate of interest equal to the rate of interest publicly announced from time to time by Capital One as its prime rate plus 1%. In June 2011, NSBF obtained from Capital One, N.A. (“Capital One”) an increase in its total revolving credit facility from $12,000,000 to $27,000,000. In October 2011, the term of the revolver was extended by nine months through September 2013, at which time the outstanding balance will be converted into a three year term loan. This increase in the line will enable the Company to finance both the government-guaranteed and non-guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans. As of December 31, 2011, NSBF had $8,364,000 outstanding under the lines of credit. The interest rate on the $12,000,000 portion of the facility, collateralized by the government guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, is set at prime plus 1.00%, and there is a quarterly facility fee equal to 25 basis points on the unused portion of the revolving credit calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter. The interest rate on the $15,000,000 portion of the facility, collateralized by the non-guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, is set at prime plus 1.875%, and there is a quarterly facility fee equal to 25 basis points on the unused portion of the revolving credit calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter. The agreement includes financial covenants at the NBS level with its consolidated subsidiaries including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum EBITDA requirements and minimum cash requirements held at Capital One. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants set in this line.

In February 2011, NBC entered into a three year line of credit with Sterling National Bank (“Sterling”) in an amount up to $10,000,000. This facility is and will be used to purchase receivables and for other working capital purposes. The interest rate is set at 5.00% or Prime plus 2.00%, whichever is higher, with interest on the line to be paid monthly in arrears. The line is and will be collateralized by the receivables purchased, as well as all other assets of NBC. The line is guaranteed by the Company; in addition, the Company deposited $750,000 with Sterling to collateralize the guarantee. The agreement includes such financial covenants as minimum tangible net worth and maximum leverage ratio. The Company is subject to meeting a maximum leverage ratio test and a future net loss test. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants set in this line.

Securitization Transactions

In December 2010, NSBF created a financing channel for the sale of the unguaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans held on its books and financed by a term loan in the maximum amount of $12,500,000 from Capital One, N.A. NSBF transferred the unguaranteed portions of SBA loans of $19,615,000, and an additional $3,000,000 in loans issued subsequent to the transaction, to a special purpose entity created for this purpose, Newtek Small Business Loan Trust 2010-1 (the “Trust”), which in turn issued notes (the

 

39


Table of Contents

“securitization notes”) for the par amount of $16,000,000 against the assets in a private placement. The Trust is only permitted to purchase the unguaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, issue asset-backed securities, and make payments on the securities. The Trust issued a single series of securitization notes to pay for the unguaranteed portions it acquired from NSBF and will be dissolved when those securities have been paid in full. The primary source for repayment of the securitization notes is the cash flows generated from the unguaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans now owned by the Trust; principal on the securitization notes will be paid by cash flow in excess of that needed to pay various fees related to the operation of the Trust and interest on the debt. The securitization notes have an expected maturity of about five years based on the expected performance of the underlying collateral and structure of the debt and a legal maturity of 30 years from the date of issuance. The assets of the Trust are legally isolated and are not available to pay NSBF’s creditors. NSBF continues to retain rights to cash reserves and all residual interests in the Trust and will receive servicing income. Proceeds from this transaction were used to repay the Capital One, N.A. loan and for general corporate and lending purposes. Because the Company determined that as the primary beneficiary of the Trust it needed to consolidate the Trust into its financial statements, it continues to recognize the securitization notes in Notes payable. The investors and the Trust have no recourse to any of NSBF’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due; however, NSBF’s parent, Newtek, has provided a limited guaranty to the investors in the Trust in an amount not to exceed 10% of the original issuance amount (or $1,600,000), to be used after all of the assets of the Trust have been exhausted. The notes were issued with a AA rating from S&P based on the underlying collateral.

In December 2011, NSBF entered into a Supplemental Indenture by which the original $16,000,000 of securitization notes were amended to reflect a new initial principal amount of $12,880,000 as a result of principal payments made, and additional notes were issued in an initial principal amount of $14,899,000, so that the initial aggregate principal amount of all notes as of December 31, 2011 totaled $27,779,000. The notes are backed by approximately $40,500,000 of the unguaranteed portions of loans originated, and includes an additional $5,000,000 to be originated and issued to the Trust by NSBF under the SBA loan program. The notes retained their AA rating under S&P, and the final maturity date of the amended notes is March 22, 2037. The proceeds of the transaction have been and will be used to repay debt and originate new loans.

Tabular Disclosure of Contractual Obligations

The following chart represents Newtek’s obligations and commitments as of December 31, 2011, other than Capco debt repayment discussed above, for future cash payments under debt, lease and employment agreements (in thousands):

 

     Payments due by period  

Contractual Obligations

   Total      Less
than 1
year
    1-3 years     3-5
years
    More
than 5
years
 

Bank Notes Payable (a)

   $ 13,565       $ 417  (b)    $ 11,220  (b)(c)    $ 1,928  (b)(c)    $ —     

Securitization Notes Payable (d)

     26,368         —          —          —          26,368   

Operating Leases

     11,377         3,816        5,287        1,516        758   

Employment Agreements

     295         295        —          —          —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 51,605       $ 4,528      $ 16,507      $ 3,444      $ 27,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(a) Interest rates range from 4.25% to 5.75%.
(b) Includes:

$2,100,000 Capital One note payable over a five year period commencing 2010. As of December 31, 2011, the amount outstanding was approximately $1,424,000.

 

(c) Includes:

$12,000,000 Capital One guaranteed line due September 2013, and $15,000,000 Capital One unguaranteed line, which in September 2013, converts to 3 year term. Also includes $10,000,000 Sterling line, which matures in February 2014. As of December 31, 2011, the combined amount outstanding on the Capital One lines were approximately $8,364,000, and the balance outstanding on the Sterling line was $3,777,000.

 

(d) Includes:

$27,800,000, or $26,368,000 net of discount, of securitization notes with a legal maturity of 30 years bearing interest at the rate of 3.95%; actual principal payments will be paid by cash flow in excess of that needed to pay various fees related to the operation of the Trust and interest on the debt.

 

40


Table of Contents

Financing Activities: Capcos

We have deemphasized our Capco business in favor of growing our operating businesses and do not anticipate creating any new Capcos in the foreseeable future.

Overview

A Capco is either a corporation or a limited liability company established in and chartered by one of the nine jurisdictions that currently have authorizing legislation: Alabama, District of Columbia, Florida, Louisiana, Colorado, New York, Texas and Wisconsin (Missouri has an older program which pre-dates the start of our business and in which we do not participate). Aside from seed capital provided by an organizer such as Newtek, a Capco will issue debt and equity instruments exclusively to insurance companies and the Capcos are then authorized under the respective state statutes to make targeted equity or debt investments in companies. In some states, the law permits Capco investments in majority-owned or primarily controlled companies. In others, such as Louisiana, Colorado, Texas and the most recent programs in New York, there are some limitations on the percentage of ownership a Capco may acquire in a qualified business. In conjunction with the Capcos’ investment in these companies, the Capcos may also provide loans to the companies. In most cases, the tax credits provided by the states are equal to the par amount of investment by the insurance companies in the securities of the Capcos, which can be utilized by them generally over a period of four to ten years. These credits are unaffected by the returns or lack of returns on investments made by the Capcos.

Our Capcos had arranged for the repayment of a portion of the Capco notes by The National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh and The American International Specialty Lines Insurance Company, both affiliates of Chartis, Inc. As of December 31, 2011, all of the required cash payments have been made by these insurers for all of the Capcos. The balance of the repayment obligations for all of our Capcos will result from the availability to the investors of the state tax credits.

Income from Capco Tax Credits

In general, the Capcos issue debt and equity instruments to insurance company investors. For a description of the debt and equity instruments and warrants issued by Newtek’s Capcos, see Note 2 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The Capcos then make targeted investments, as defined under the respective state/jurisdiction statutes, with the funds raised. Each Capco has a contractual arrangement with the particular state/jurisdiction that entitles the Capco to receive (earn) tax credits from the state/jurisdiction upon satisfying quantified, defined investment percentage thresholds and time requirements. In order for the Capcos to maintain their state or jurisdiction-issued certifications, the Capcos must make targeted investments in accordance with these requirements, which requirements are consistent with Newtek’s overall business strategy. Each Capco statute provides specific rules and regulations under which the Capcos must operate. For example, the State of Louisiana program precludes the Capco from making controlling and majority-owned investments. Accordingly, investments made by the Louisiana Capco are considered portfolio companies and are majority-owned operated and controlled by their boards of directors and management. These portfolio companies operate independently of Newtek although Newtek participates on the board of directors of these companies (but in all cases we do not control a majority of the board of director positions unless there is a default under the terms of the investment) and makes available to them technology, services and products to sell.

Each Capco also has separate, contractual arrangements with the insurance company investors obligating the Capco to pay interest on the aforementioned debt instruments. The Capco may satisfy this interest obligation by delivering the tax credits or paying cash. The insurance company investors have the legal right to receive and use the tax credits and would, in turn, use these tax credits to reduce their respective state tax liabilities in an amount usually equal to 100% (110% in some cases in Louisiana) of their investments in the Capcos. The tax credits generally can be utilized over a four to ten-year period and in some instances are transferable and can be carried forward. Newtek’s revenue from tax credits may be used solely for the purpose of satisfying the Capcos’ obligations to the insurance company investors.

A description is set forth above of the manner in which Newtek and its Capcos account for the tax credit income. See “Critical Accounting Policies—Revenue Recognition.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The most significant estimates include:

 

 

allowance for loan losses;

 

 

sales and servicing of SBA loans;

 

41


Table of Contents
 

chargeback reserves;

 

 

fair value measurement used to value certain financial assets and financial liabilities;

 

 

valuation of intangible assets and goodwill including the values assigned to acquired intangible assets;

 

 

stock-based compensation; and

 

 

income tax valuation allowance.

Management continually evaluates its accounting policies and the estimates it uses to prepare the consolidated financial statements. In general, the estimates are based on historical experience, on information from third-party professionals and on various other sources and assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the facts and circumstances at the time such estimates are made. The Company’s critical accounting policies are reviewed periodically with the audit committee of the board of directors. Management considers an accounting estimate to be critical if:

 

 

it requires assumptions to be made that were uncertain at the time the estimate was made; and

 

 

changes in the estimate, or the use of different estimating methods, could have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, which are included in Item 15 in this Form 10-K filing. In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically indicated by Accounting Principles Generally Accepted in the United States of America.

Certain of our accounting policies are deemed “critical,” as they require management’s highest degree of judgment, estimates and assumptions. The following critical accounting policies are not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies or estimates.

Fair Value Measurements

As discussed in Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, Note 3, Fair Value Measurements” we adopted fair value accounting effective January 1, 2008. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (an exit price) and establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three levels for disclosure purposes. The Company carries its credits in lieu of cash, prepaid insurance and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash at fair value. The Company also carries impaired loans, servicing asset and other real estate owned at fair value. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority (Level 1) to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and gives the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3). An asset or liability’s classification within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of significant input to its valuation. The levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities and derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2    Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. This category generally includes certain U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities, corporate debt securities, derivative contracts and residential mortgage loans held-for-sale.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally includes certain private equity investments, retained residual interests in securitizations, residential mortgage servicing rights, and highly structured or long-term derivative contracts.

 

42


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

Electronic payment processing revenue: Electronic payment processing and fee income is derived from the electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions that are authorized and captured through third-party networks. Typically, merchants are charged for these processing services on a percentage of the dollar amount of each transaction plus a flat fee per transaction. Certain merchant customers are charged miscellaneous fees, including fees for handling charge-backs or returns, monthly minimum fees, statement fees and fees for other miscellaneous services. Revenues derived from the electronic processing of MasterCard® and Visa® sourced credit and debit card transactions are reported gross of amounts paid to sponsor banks.

Web hosting revenue: Managed technology solutions revenue is primarily derived from monthly recurring service fees for the use of its web hosting, web design and software support services. Customer set-up fees are billed upon service initiation and are recognized as revenue over the estimated customer relationship period of 2.5 years. Payment for web hosting and related services, excluding cloud plans, is generally received one month to one year in advance. Deferred revenues represent customer payments for web hosting and related services in advance of the reporting period date. Revenue for cloud related services is based on actual consumption used by a cloud customer.

Income from tax credits: Following an application process, a state will notify a company that it has been certified as a Capco. The state or jurisdiction then allocates an aggregate dollar amount of tax credits to the Capco. However, such amount is neither recognized as income nor otherwise recorded in the financial statements since it has yet to be earned by the Capco. The Capco is entitled to earn tax credits upon satisfying defined investment percentage thresholds within specified time requirements. Newtek has Capcos in seven states and the District of Columbia. Each statute requires that the Capco invest a threshold percentage of “certified capital” (the funds provided by the insurance company investors) in businesses defined as qualified within the time frames specified. As the Capco meets these requirements, it avoids grounds under the statute for its disqualification for continued participation in the Capco program. Such a disqualification, or “decertification” as a Capco results in a permanent recapture of all or a portion of the allocated tax credits. The proportion of the possible recapture is reduced over time as the Capco remains in general compliance with the program rules and meets the progressively increasing investment benchmarks. As the Capco progresses in its investments in Qualified Businesses and, accordingly, places an increasing proportion of the tax credits beyond recapture, it earns an amount equal to the non-recapturable tax credits and records such amount as income, with a corresponding asset called “credits in lieu of cash” in the balance sheet.

The amount earned and recorded as income is determined by multiplying the total amount of tax credits allocated to the Capco by the percentage of tax credits immune from recapture (the earned income percentage) at that point. To the extent that the investment requirements are met ahead of schedule, and the percentage of non-recapturable tax credits is accelerated, the present value of the tax credit earned is recognized currently and the asset, credits in lieu of cash, is accreted up to the amount of tax credits deliverable to the certified investors. The obligation to deliver tax credits to the certified investors is recorded as notes payable in credits in lieu of cash. On the date the tax credits are utilizable by the certified investors, the Capco decreases credits in lieu of cash with a corresponding decrease to notes payable in credits in lieu of cash.

Interest and SBA Loan Fees: Interest income on loans is recognized as earned. Loans are placed on non-accrual status if they exceed 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest and, in the opinion of management, interest or principal on individual loans is not collectible, or at such earlier time as management determines that the collectability of such principal or interest is unlikely. Such loans are designated as impaired non-accrual loans. All other loans are defined as performing loans. When a loan is designated as non-accrual, the accrual of interest is discontinued, and any accrued but uncollected interest income is reversed and charged against current operations. While a loan is classified as non-accrual and the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is doubtful, collections of interest and principal are generally applied as a reduction to principal outstanding.

The Company passes certain expenditures it incurs to the borrower, such as forced placed insurance, insufficient funds fees, or fees it assesses, such as late fees, with respect to managing the loan. These expenditures are recorded when incurred. Due to the uncertainty with respect to collection of these passed through expenditures or assessed fees, any funds received to reimburse the Company are recorded on a cash basis as other income.

Insurance commissions: Revenues are comprised of commissions earned on premiums paid for insurance policies and are recognized at the time the commission is earned. At that date, the earnings process has been completed and the Company can estimate the impact of policy cancellations for refunds and establish reserves. The reserve for policy cancellations is based on historical cancellation experience adjusted by known circumstances.

 

43


Table of Contents

Other income: Other income represents revenues derived from operating units that cannot be aggregated with other business segments. In addition, other income represents one time recoveries or gains on investments. Revenue is recorded when there is strong evidence of an agreement, the related fees are fixed, the service and, or product has been delivered, and the collection of the related receivable is assured.

Capco Debt Issuance: The Capco notes require, as a condition precedent to the funding of the notes, that insurance be purchased to cover the risks associated with the operation of its Capcos. This insurance has been purchased from Chartis Specialty Insurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, both subsidiaries of Chartis, Inc. (“Chartis”), an international insurer. In order to comply with this condition precedent to the funding, the notes closing is structured as follows: (1) the certified investors wire their funds directly into an escrow account; (2) the escrow agent, pursuant to the requirements under the note and escrow agreement, automatically and simultaneously funds the purchase of the insurance contract from the proceeds received. Newtek’s Capco is not entitled to the use and benefit of the net proceeds received until the escrow agent has completed the purchase of the insurance. The Chartis insurance subsidiaries noted above are “A+” credit rated by S&P.

Under the terms of this insurance, which is for the benefit of the certified investors, the Capco insurer incurs the primary obligation to repay the certified investors a substantial portion of the debt (including all cash payments) as well as to make compensatory payments in the event of a loss of the availability of the related tax credits. The Capco remains secondarily liable for such payments and must periodically assess the likelihood that it will become primarily liable and, if necessary, record a liability at that time. The parent company, Chartis, has not guaranteed the obligations of its subsidiary insurers, although it has committed to move the payment obligations to an affiliated company in the event the Capco insurer is materially downgraded in its credit rating.

Investment Accounting and Valuation: The various interests that the Capcos and Newtek acquire as a result of their investments are accounted for under three methods: consolidation, equity method and cost method. The applicable accounting method is generally determined based on our voting interest in a company and whether the company is a variable interest entity where we are the primary beneficiary, and quarterly valuations are performed so as to keep our records current in reflecting the operations of all of its investments.

Companies in which we directly or indirectly owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities, those Newtek has effective control over, or are deemed as a variable interest entity that needs to be consolidated , are generally accounted for under the consolidation method of accounting. Under this method, an investment’s results of operations are reflected within the consolidated statement of operations. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated. The results of operations and cash flows of a consolidated entity are included through the latest interim period in which Newtek owned a greater than 50% direct or indirect voting interest, exercised control over the entity for the entire interim period or was otherwise designated as the primary beneficiary. Upon dilution of voting interest at or below 50%, or upon occurrence of a triggering event requiring reconsideration as to the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the accounting method is adjusted to the equity or cost method of accounting, as appropriate, for subsequent periods.

Companies that are not consolidated, but over which we exercise significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not Newtek exercises significant influence with respect to a company depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the board of directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities, including voting rights associated with Newtek’s holdings in common, preferred and other convertible instruments. Under the equity method of accounting, a company’s accounts are not reflected within our consolidated statements of operations; however, Newtek’s share of the investee’s earnings or losses are reflected in other income in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Companies not accounted for under the consolidation or the equity method of accounting are accounted for under the cost method of accounting, for which quarterly valuations are performed. Under this method, our share of the earnings or losses of such companies is not included in the consolidated statements of operations, but the investment is carried at historical cost. In addition, cost method impairment charges are recognized as necessary, in the consolidated statements of operations if circumstances suggest that this is an “other than temporary decline” in the value of the investment, particularly due to losses. Subsequent increases in value, if any, of the underlying companies are not reflected in our financial statements until realized in cash. We record as income amounts previously written off only when and if we receive cash in excess of its remaining investment balance.

On a quarterly basis, the investment committee of each Capco meets to evaluate each of our investments. Newtek considers several factors in determining whether an impairment exists on the investment, such as the companies’ net book value, cash flow, revenue growth and net income. In addition, the investment committee looks at larger variables, such as the economy and the particular company’s industry, to determine if an other than temporary decline in value exists in each Capco’s and Newtek’s investment.

 

44


Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill: Management of the Company considers the following to be some examples of important indicators that may trigger an impairment review outside its annual goodwill impairment review: (i) significant under-performance or loss of key contracts acquired in an acquisition relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (ii) significant changes in the manner or use of the acquired assets or in the Company’s overall strategy with respect to the manner or use of the acquired assets or changes in the Company’s overall business strategy; (iii) significant negative industry or economic trends; (iv) increased competitive pressures; (v) a significant decline in our stock price for a sustained period of time; and (vi) regulatory changes. In assessing the recoverability of our goodwill and intangibles, we must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. The fair value of an asset could vary, depending upon the estimating method employed, as well as assumptions made. This may result in a possible impairment of the intangible assets and/or goodwill, or alternatively an acceleration in amortization expense. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the goodwill was determined to not be impaired.

SBA Loan Held for Investment: For loans that completed funding before October 1, 2010, Loans receivable held for investment are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, net deferred loan origination costs and the allowance for loan losses. For loans that completed funding on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value Loan receivables held for investment within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own expectations about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset (including assumptions about risk). Because there currently is no active secondary market for the unguaranteed portions, the Company uses a combination of trading information from the guaranteed sales, as was previously used to determine the discount on the unguaranteed portions, and the historical performance of NSBF’s loans applied to their outstanding unpaid principal balances. If a loan measured at fair value is subsequently impaired, then the fair value of the loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Because the loans bear interest at a variable rate, NSBF does not have to factor in interest rate risk.

Allowance for SBA Loan Losses: For loans funded before October 1, 2010, the allowance for loan losses for performing loans is established by management through provisions for loan losses charged against income. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, as it requires making material estimates which may vary from actual results. Management’s ongoing estimates of the allowance for loan losses are particularly affected by the changing composition of the loan portfolio over the last few years as well as other portfolio characteristics, such as industry concentrations and loan collateral. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed by management on a monthly basis at a minimum, and as adjustments become necessary, are reflected in operations during the periods in which they become known. Considerations in this evaluation include past and anticipated loss experience, risks inherent in the current portfolio and evaluation of real estate collateral as well as current economic conditions. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, is adequate to absorb estimated loan losses inherent in the Company’s entire loan portfolio. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as either loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

For loans funded on or after October 1, 2010, the loan is reported at its fair value. Changes in the value of the loan, whether performing or impaired, are reported as a net change in the fair value of SBA loans held for investment.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Other factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans for which the carrying amount is based on fair value of the underlying collateral are included in assets and reported at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis, both at initial recognition of impairment and on an on-going basis until recovery or charge-off of the loan amount. The determination of impairment

 

45


Table of Contents

involves management’s judgment in the use of market data and third party estimates regarding collateral values. For loans funded before October 1, 2010, the impairment of a loan resulted in management establishing an allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses charged against income; for subsequent loans at fair value, impairment results in a net change in the fair value of SBA loans held for investment. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses or reduces the fair value and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance or increases the fair value.

The Company’s charge-off policy is based on a loan-by-loan review for which the estimated uncollectible portion of nonperforming loans is charged off against the corresponding loan receivable and the allowance for possible loan losses or against the reduction in fair value.

SBA Loans Held for Sale: Prior to October 1, 2010, loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans held for sale within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

Loans receivable held for sale are sold with the servicing rights retained by the Company. For loans funded prior to October 1, 2010, gains on sales of loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loans sold. Unamortized net deferred loan origination costs are recognized as a component of gain on sale of loans. For loans funded on or after October 1, 2010, Premium on loan sales is equal to the cash premium plus the fair value of the servicing income while extinguishing the fair value gain previously recorded.

Securitization Activities: NSBF engaged in securitizations of the unguaranteed portions of its SBA 7(a) loans. Because the transfer of these assets did not meet the criteria of a sale, these transactions were treated as a secured borrowing. NSBF continues to recognize the assets of the secured borrowing in loans held for investment and recognize the associated financing in Bank notes payable.

SBA Loans Transferred, Subject to Premium Recourse: Effective January 1, 2010, a new accounting standard codified into ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” required for the guaranteed portions transferred that the Company, due to the premium warranty formerly incorporated in SBA Form 1086, establish a new asset entitled “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” related to the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans contractually sold but subject to premium recourse and a matching liability until the end of the warranty period. Prior to October 1, 2010, loans transferred in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at cost. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

Contemporaneous with the adoption of this accounting standard the Company elected the fair value option for valuing this new liability, which is captioned in the consolidated financial statements as “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse at fair value.” At the time, management elected to adopt the fair value option election because it more accurately reflected the economics of the transaction. For liabilities created prior to October 1, 2010 and prior to the adoption of fair value for the loans themselves, within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value, the Company utilizes Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the liability (including assumptions about risk). The Company valued the liability based on the probability of payment given the Company’s history of returning premium: the transferee will receive 100% of the guaranteed portion from either the borrower or the SBA and approximately 3% of the premium amount from the Company. The aforementioned return of premiums is triggered by either the borrower’s prepayment of the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or the borrower’s default within 275 days of the settlement date on loans where any of the borrower’s first three payments were delinquent.

 

46


Table of Contents

For liabilities created on or after October 1, 2010, the fair valuing of the loans themselves provides the economic gain to be recognized from the transfer. Continuing to value the liability based on the likelihood of repaying the premium warranty would effectively double count the gain from creating the loan. As such, the Company changed the valuation of the liability for loans issued to match the amount received from the transfer.

After February 7, 2011, the new SBA Form 1086 allowed the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the trade date, as was done prior to January 1, 2010. As a result, the balances at December 31, 2010 in “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” decreased throughout 2011 with the liability reaching zero at December 31, 2011.

Sales and Servicing of SBA Loans: NSBF originates loans to customers under the SBA program that generally provides for SBA guarantees of 50% to 85% of each loan, with 90% under a previous government stimulus program, subject to a maximum guarantee amount. This guaranteed portion is generally sold to a third party via an SBA regulated secondary market transaction for a price equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment and the fair value of future net servicing income and NSBF retains the unguaranteed principal portion in its own portfolio. Prior to October 1, 2010, NSBF recognized the revenue item “Premium on loan sales” net of capitalized loan expenses and the discount on the retained unguaranteed portion; subsequent to the adoption of fair value of SBA 7(a) loans on October 1, 2010, NSBF recognizes premium on loan sales as equal to the cash premium plus the fair value of the servicing income. Revenue is recognized on the trade date of the guaranteed portion, except as described below.

Prior to February 7, 2011, SBA Form 1086 required as part of the transferor’s representations and warranties that the transferor repay any premium received from the transferee if either the SBA 7(a) loan borrower prepays the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or fails to make one of its first three loan payments after the settlement date in a timely fashion and then proceeds to default within 275 days of the settlement date. Based on management’s best estimate and considering historical prepayment performance of the loan portfolio, the Company took the position that the premium was fully recognized at trade date, and a provision against the premium was not required at the time of the sale. However, effective January 1, 2010, ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” precludes sale treatment of the transferred guaranteed portions during this warranty period; rather NSBF was required to account for this as a financing arrangement with the transferee. Until the warranty period expires, such transferred loans were classified as “SBA Loans Transferred, subject to premium recourse” with a matching liability “Liability on SBA Loans Transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the expiration of the warranty period, the sale of the guaranteed portions of these loans as well as the corresponding gain is recognized, and the asset and liability eliminated.

Upon recognition of each loan sale, the Company retains servicing responsibilities and receives servicing fees of a minimum of 1% of the guaranteed loan portion sold. The Company is required to estimate its adequate servicing compensation in the calculation of its servicing asset. The purchasers of the loans have no recourse to the Company for failure of customers to pay amounts contractually due. The Company separately recognizes at fair value any servicing assets or servicing liabilities first, and then allocates the previous carrying amount between the assets sold and the interests that continue to be held by it (the unguaranteed portion of the loan) based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The difference between the proceeds received and the allocated carrying value of the financial assets sold is recognized as a gain on sale of loans.

Subsequent measurements of each class of servicing assets and liabilities may use either the amortization method or the fair value measurement method. NSBF has chosen to apply the amortization method to its servicing asset, amortizing the asset in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income on the underlying sold guaranteed portion of the loans and assessing the servicing asset for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. In the event future prepayments are significant or impairments are incurred and future expected cash flows are inadequate to cover the unamortized servicing assets, additional amortization or impairment charges would be recognized. In evaluating and measuring impairment of servicing assets, NSBF stratifies its servicing assets based on year of loan and loan term which are the key risk characteristics of the underlying loan pools. The Company uses an independent valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the servicing asset by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, using assumptions of prepayments, defaults, servicing costs and discount rates that NSBF believes market participants would use for similar assets. If NSBF determines that the impairment for a stratum is temporary, a valuation allowance is recognized through a charge to current earnings for the amount the amortized balance exceeds the current fair value. If the fair value of the stratum were to later increase, the valuation allowance may be reduced as a recovery. However, if NSBF determines that impairment for a stratum is other than temporary, the value of the servicing asset and any related valuation allowance is written-down.

 

47


Table of Contents

Management’s impairment analysis indicated no valuation adjustment for 2011 and 2010.

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company records all share-based payments to employees based on their fair values using an option-pricing model at the date of grant.

Income Taxes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based upon the differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. If available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

New Accounting Standards

On July 21, 2010, the Financial Standards Accounting Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses,” which requires significant new disclosures about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables. The requirements are intended to enhance transparency regarding credit losses and the credit quality of loan and lease receivables. Under this statement, allowance for credit losses and fair value are to be disclosed by portfolio segment, while credit quality information, impaired financing receivables and nonaccrual status are to be presented by class of financing receivable. Disclosure of the nature and extent, the financial impact and segment information of troubled debt restructurings will also be required. The disclosures are to be presented at the level of disaggregation that management uses when assessing and monitoring the portfolio’s risk and performance. This standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods after December 15, 2010. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company because the Company already includes the necessary disclosures in its financial statements.

In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, “Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20,” which defers the effective date related to the disclosures required in ASU No. 2010-20, enabling creditors to provide such disclosures after the FASB completes their project clarifying the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. As the provisions of this ASU only defer the effective date of disclosure requirements related to troubled debt restructurings, the adoption of this ASU had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 provide additional guidance related to determining whether a creditor has granted a concession, include factors and examples for creditors to consider in evaluating whether a restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant, prohibit creditors from using the borrower’s effective rate test to evaluate whether a concession has been granted to the borrower, and add factors for creditors to use in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. A provision in ASU No. 2011-02 also ends the FASB’s deferral of the additional disclosures about troubled debt restructurings as required by ASU No. 2010-20. This standard became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU No. 2011-02 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” which amends the current fair value measurement and disclosure guidance of ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurement” to include increased transparency around valuation inputs and investment categorization. The guidance provided in ASU No. 2011-04 is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350),” to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment and permit an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. This standard was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the time of filing these consolidated financial statements with the SEC.

 

48


Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

None.

Impact of Inflation

The impact of inflation and changing prices on our results of operations is not material.

 

ITEM 7A.   QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

We consider the principal types of risk in our business activities to be fluctuations in interest rates and loan portfolio valuations and the availability of the secondary market for our SBA loans held for sale. Risk management systems and procedures are designed to identify and analyze our risks, to set appropriate policies and limits and to continually monitor these risks and limits by means of reliable administrative and information systems and other policies and programs.

Our SBA lender primarily lends at an interest rate of prime, which resets on a quarterly basis, plus a fixed margin. Our receivable financing business purchases receivables priced to equate to a similar prime plus a fixed margin structure. The Capital One term loan and revolver loan, the securitization notes and the new Sterling line of credit are, and the former Wells Fargo line of credit was, on a prime plus a fixed factor basis (although the Company had elected under the Wells Fargo line to borrow under a lower cost LIBOR basis). As a result the Company believes it has matched its cost of funds to its interest income in its financing activities. However, because of the differential between the amount lent and the smaller amount financed a significant change in market interest rates will have a material effect on our operating income. In periods of sharply rising interest rates, our cost of funds will increase at a slower rate than the interest income earned on the loans we have made; this should improve our net operating income, holding all other factors constant. However, a reduction in interest rates, as has occurred since 2008, has and will result in the Company experiencing a reduction in operating income; that is interest income will decline more quickly than interest expense resulting in a net reduction of benefit to operating income.

Our lender depends on the availability of secondary market purchasers for the guaranteed portions of SBA loans and the premium received on such sales to support its lending operations. At this time the secondary market for the guaranteed portions of SBA loans is robust but during the 2008 and 2009 financial crisis the Company had difficulty selling it loans for a premium; although not expected at this time, if such conditions did recur our SBA lender would most likely cease making new loans and could experience a substantial reduction in profitability.

We do not have significant exposure to changing interest rates on invested cash which was approximately $25,429,000 at December 31, 2011. We do not purchase or hold derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. All of our transactions are conducted in U.S. dollars and we do not have any foreign currency or foreign exchange risk. We do not trade commodities or have any commodity price risk.

We believe that we have placed our demand deposits, cash investments and their equivalents with high credit-quality financial institutions. Invested cash is held almost exclusively at financial institutions with ratings from S&P of A- or better. The Company invests cash not held in interest free checking accounts or bank money market accounts mainly in U.S. Treasury only money market instruments or funds and other investment-grade securities. As of December 31, 2011, cash deposits in excess of FDIC and SIPC insurance totaled approximately $1,713,000 and funds held in U.S. Treasury only money market funds or equivalents in excess of SIPC insurance totaled approximately $3,448,000.

 

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes begin on Page F-1, which are included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

For the two years ended 2010 and 2011, there have been no changes in or disagreements with accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

 

49


Table of Contents

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Accounting Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report and provide reasonable assurance that the information required to be disclosed by us in reports filed under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by an issuer in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the issuer’s management including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Change in Internal Control over Financial Reporting.

No change in our internal control over financial reporting occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

(c) Limitations.

A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the control system’s objectives will be met. Furthermore, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple errors or mistakes. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with its policies or procedures. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. We periodically evaluate our internal controls and make changes to improve them.

 

50


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT TO THE STOCKHOLDERS OF NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

As management, we are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for Newtek Business Services, Inc. and its subsidiaries. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have conducted an assessment, including testing, using the criteria in Internal Control-Integral Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Newtek Business Services, Inc.’s system of internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Because of its inherent limitation, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.

Based on our assessment, we have concluded that Newtek Business Services, Inc. maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the COSO. As a smaller reporting company, the effectiveness of Newtek Business Services, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting is not required to be audited by our independent registered public accounting firm.

This Annual Report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission that permit the Company to provide only management’s report in this Annual Report.

 

51


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held later this year.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held later this year.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS.

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held later this year.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held later this year.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES.

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for our 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held later this year.

 

52


Table of Contents

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

 

(a)(1)   Financial Statements.
(a)(2)   Exhibits.
 

The following exhibits are filed herewith or are incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Number

  

Description

  3.1    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Newtek Business Services, Inc., as amended (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 3.1 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed August 12, 2010).
  3.2    Bylaws of Newtek Business Services, Inc. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Newtek’s Registration Statement on Form S-4, No. 333-115615, filed August 11, 2000).
10.1    Employment Agreement with Barry Sloane, dated March 15, 2011, (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1.2 to Newtek’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 17, 2011).
10.2    Employment Agreement with Craig J. Brunet, dated March 15, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.2 to Newtek’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 17, 2011).
10.3    Employment Agreement with Seth A. Cohen, dated March 15, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.2 to Newtek’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed March 17, 2011).
10.4    Lease and Master Services Agreement dated March 15, 2007 between CrystalTech Web Hosting, Inc. and i/o Data Centers (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2007, filed May 15, 2007).
10.5.1    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between CrystalTech Web Hosting, Inc., Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.16.1 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 4, 2010).
10.5.2    Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Newtek Business Services, Inc. and Capital One Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.16.2 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed May 4, 2010).
10.6.1    Newtek Business Services, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.17 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 14, 2010).
10.6.2    Form of ISO Stock Option Agreement for Newtek’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.17.2 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed August 12, 2010).
10.6.3    Form of Non-ISO Stock Option Agreement for Newtek’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.17.3 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed August 12, 2010).
10.6.4    Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement for Newtek’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.17.4 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed August 12, 2010.
10.6.5    Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for Newtek’s 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.17.5 to Newtek’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2010, filed August 12, 2010.)
10.7.1    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, between Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. and Capital One Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.18.1 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 20, 2010, as amended on March 2, 2011).
10.7.2    Guaranty Agreement, dated as of December 15, 2010, between Newtek Business Services, Inc. and Capital One Bank, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.18.2 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 20, 2010, as amended on March 2, 2011).
10.7.3    Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and between Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.8.3 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 21, 2011).

 

53


Table of Contents
10.7.4    Amended and Restated Guaranty of Payment and Performance, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and between Newtek Business Services, Inc., and Capital One, N.A. (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.8.4 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed June 21, 2011).
10.7.5    Amendment to Loan Documents, dated October 6, 2011, by and among Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc., Capital One Bank, N.A. and each of the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.8.5 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed October 11, 2011).
10.8.1    Newtek Small Business Loan Trust Class A Notes, dated December 22, 2010 (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.19.1 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2010).
10.8.2    Amended Newtek Small Business Loan Trust Class A Notes, dated December 29, 2011 (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.19.2 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 5, 2012).
10.8.3    Additional Newtek Small Business Loan Trust Class A Notes, dated December 29, 2011 (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.19.3 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed January 5, 2012).
10.9.1    Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and between CDS Business Services, Inc. and Sterling National Bank (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.10.1 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 3, 2011).
10.9.2    Guaranty, dated as of February 28, 2011, by and between Newtek Business Services, Inc. and Sterling National Bank (Incorporated by reference herein to Exhibit 10.10.2 to Newtek’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 3, 2011).
21.1    Subsidiaries of the Registrant filed herewith.
23.1    Consent of J.H. Cohn LLP filed herewith.
31.1    Certification by Principal Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act, as amended filed herewith.
31.2    Certification by Principal Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act, as amended filed herewith.
32.1    Certification by Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 filed herewith.
32.2    Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 filed herewith.
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
   XBRL Taxonomy

 

* XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language) information is furnished and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, is deemed not filed for purposes of section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.

 

 

54


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC.
Date: March 19, 2012     By:  

/S/    BARRY SLOANE        

      Barry Sloane
     

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 19, 2012     By:  

/S/    JENNIFER EDDELSON        

      Jennifer Eddelson
     

Chief Accounting Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

  

Title

 

Date

/S/    BARRY SLOANE        

   Chairman of the Board, President,   March 19, 2012
Barry Sloane    Chief Executive Officer and Secretary  
   (Principal Executive Officer)  

/S/    JENNIFER EDDELSON        

   Chief Accounting Officer   March 19, 2012
Jennifer Eddelson   

(Principal Financial Officer and

Principal Accounting Officer)

 

/S/    DAVID C. BECK        

   Director   March 19, 2012
David C. Beck     

/S/    SALVATORE MULIA        

   Director   March 19, 2012
Salvatore Mulia     

/S/    SAMUEL KIRSCHNER        

   Director   March 19, 2012
Samuel Kirschner     

 

55


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

 

     PAGE NO.  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F-1   

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-2   

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010

     F-3   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-4   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009

     F-5   

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

     F-7   


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Newtek Business Services, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Newtek Business Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Newtek Business Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and their results of operations and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note 3, in 2010, the Company used the fair value option to change its method of accounting for valuing its liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse; SBA loans held for investment; SBA loans held for sale; and SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.

 

/s/ J.H. Cohn LLP
Jericho, New York
March 19, 2012

 

F-1


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In Thousands, except for Per Share Data)

 

     2011     2010      2009  

Operating revenues

   $ 125,339      $ 112,719       $ 105,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net change in fair value of:

       

SBA loans

     (5,493     3,494         —     

Credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

     (131     38         900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total net change in fair value

     (5,624     3,532         900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating expenses:

       

Electronic payment processing costs

     69,145        68,187         58,312   

Salaries and benefits

     21,042        19,391         18,375   

Interest

     3,416        4,479         10,350   

Depreciation and amortization

     3,955        4,709         5,847   

Provision for loan losses

     763        1,909         1,833   

Lease restructuring charges

     990        —           —     

Other general and administrative costs

     18,132        16,699         15,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     117,443        115,374         110,613   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     2,272        877         (4,002

Benefit for income taxes

     1,097        418         2,593   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

     3,369        1,295         (1,409

Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests

     112        144         980   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Newtek Business Services, Inc.

   $ 3,481      $ 1,439       $ (429
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

  

Basic

     35,706        35,655         35,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Diluted

     36,073        35,801         35,644   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Basic and diluted income (loss) per share

   $ 0.10      $ 0.04       $ (0.01
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

DECEMBER 31, 2011 AND 2010

(In Thousands, except for Per Share Data)

 

     2011     2010  
ASSETS     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,363      $ 10,382   

Restricted cash

     14,066        10,747   

Broker receivable

     4,911        12,058   

SBA loans held for investment, net (includes $15,217 and $19,092, respectively related to securitization trust VIE; net of reserve for loan losses of $2,900 and $3,559, respectively)

     18,555        23,742   

SBA loans held for investment, at fair value (includes $19,617 and $—, respectively, related to securitization trust VIE)

     21,857        2,310   

Accounts receivable (net of allowance of $308 and $193, respectively)

     10,493        9,990   

SBA loans held for sale, at fair value

     2,198        1,014   

Prepaid expenses and other assets, net (includes $1,211 and $866, respectively, related to securitization trust VIE)

     11,762        7,809   

Servicing assets (net of accumulated amortization and allowances of $5,964 and $5,189, respectively)

     3,420        2,225   

Fixed assets (net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of $16,463 and $14,719, respectively)

     2,853        3,210   

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of $13,226 and $11,874, respectively)

     1,420        2,753   

SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse ($— and $21,212 at fair value, respectively)

     —          31,189   

Credits in lieu of cash

     16,948        35,494   

Goodwill

     12,092        12,092   

Deferred tax asset, net

     72        —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 132,010      $ 165,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY     

Liabilities:

    

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 14,196      $ 10,321   

Bank notes payable

     13,565        12,949   

Note payable – Securitization trust

     26,368        15,104   

Deferred revenue

     1,634        1,768   

Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse, at fair value

     —          30,783   

Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

     16,948        35,494   

Deferred tax liability, net

     —          3,002   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     72,711        109,421   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

    

Equity:

    

Newtek Business Services, Inc stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock (par value $0.02 per share; authorized 1,000 shares, no shares issued and outstanding)

     —          —     

Common stock (par value $0.02 per share; authorized 54,000 shares, 36,701 issued; 35,702 and 35,666 outstanding, respectively, not including 83 shares held in escrow)

     734        734   

Additional paid-in capital

     57,960        57,650   

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     45        (3,436

Treasury stock, at cost (999 and 1,035 shares, respectively)

     (620     (663
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Newtek Business Services, Inc. stockholders’ equity

     58,119        54,285   

Non-controlling interests

     1,180        1,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total equity

     59,299        55,594   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

   $ 132,010      $ 165,015   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In Thousands)

 

     Number of
Shares of
Common
Stock
     Common
Stock
     Additional
Paid-in
Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Number
of
Shares
of
Treasury
Stock
    Treasury
Stock
    Non-controlling
Interest
    Total  

Balance at December 31, 2008

     36,667       $ 733       $ 58,232      $ (4,545     1,026      $ (649   $ 2,308      $ 56,079   

Issuance of common stock

     7         —           —          —          —          —          —          —     

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           128       —          —          —          —          128  

Purchase of treasury shares

     —           —           —          —          3        (1     —          (1 )

Cancellation of treasury shares

     —           —           (1 )     —          (3     1       —          —     

Distributions

     —           —           —          —          —          —          (44     (44

Paid in capital in excess of par, upon acquisition of subsidiary minority interest

     —           —           (331     —          —          —          331        —     

Dividends paid - $0.02 per share

     —           —           (726     —          —          —          —          (726 )

Net loss

     —           —           —          (429     —          —          (980     (1,409 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     36,674       $ 733       $ 57,302      $ (4,974     1,026      $ (649   $ 1,615      $ 54,027   

Stock-based compensation

     —           —           77        —          —          —          —          77   

Grant of restricted stock award

     —           —           4        —          —          —          —          4   

Option exercise

     27         1         25        —          9        (14     —          12   

Expiration of subsidiary non-controlling interest warrants

     —           —           242        —          —          —          (262     (20

Cumulative-effect adjustment, deconsolidation of OnLAN, LLC

     —           —           —          99        —          —          —          99   

Non-controlling interest contribution

     —           —           —          —          —          —          100        100   

Net income

     —           —           —          1,439        —          —          (144     1,295   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

     36,701       $ 734       $ 57,650      $ (3,436     1,035      $ (663   $ 1,309      $ 55,594   

Issuance of treasury shares

     —           —           27        —          (49     59        —          86   

Purchase of treasury shares

     —           —           —          —          13       (16     —          (16 )

Grant of restricted stock award

     —           —           479       —          —          —          —          479  

Buyout of non-controlling interest

     —           —           (196     —          —          —          (17     (213 )

Net income

     —           —           —          3,481        —          —          (112     3,369   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

     36,701       $ 734       $ 57,960      $ 45        999      $ (620   $ 1,180      $ 59,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In Thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from operating activities:

      

Net income (loss)

   $ 3,369      $ 1,295      $ (1,409

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

      

Income from tax credits

     (1,390     (2,380     (7,837

Accretion of interest expense

     1,259        2,418        8,738   

Fair value adjustments on SBA loans

     5,493        (3,494     —     

Fair value adjustment of credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

     131        (38     (900

Gain on sale/recovery of investments

     —          —          (1,117

Deferred income taxes

     (2,775     (633     (1,710

Depreciation and amortization

     3,955        4,709        5,847   

Provision for loan losses

     763        1,909        1,833   

Lease restructuring charges

     990        —          —     

Other, net

     394        1,032        660   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Originations of SBA loans held for sale

     (74,546     (782     (14,390

Originations of SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

     (274     (30,752     —     

Originations of SBA loans, achieving sale status

     —          (25,983     —     

Proceeds from originations of SBA loans, achieving sale status

     —          25,983        20,323   

Proceeds from sale of SBA loans held for sale

     73,871        —          —     

Proceeds from sale of SBA loans, achieving sale status

     27,855        —          —     

Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

     (30,783     34,094        —     

Broker receivable

     7,148        (5,591     (6,103

Accounts receivable

     (513     (4,982     136   

Prepaid expenses, accrued interest receivable and other assets

     (3,093     (45     706   

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and deferred revenue

     2,538        1,849        (1,154

Other, net

     (2,987     (817     (495
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

     11,405        (2,208     3,128   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Investments in qualified businesses

     —          —          (428

Returns of investments in qualified businesses

     242        238        2,514   

Purchase of fixed assets and customer merchant accounts

     (1,498     (2,075     (1,764

SBA loans originated for investment, net

     (22,269     (8,244     (2,111

Payments received on SBA loans

     4,672        3,212        3,489   

Proceeds from sale of SBA loans held for investment

     —          —          517   

Change in restricted cash

     1,401        533        1,183   

Purchase of non-controlling interest

     (196     —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

     (17,648     (6,336     3,400   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(Continued)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2011, 2010 AND 2009

(In Thousands)

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Cash flows from financing activities:

      

Net borrowings (repayments) on bank lines of credit

   $ 1,033      $ (3,107   $ (9,700

Proceeds from bank term note payable

     —          12,500        —     

Payments on bank term note payable

     (417     (12,743     —     

Issuance of senior notes, net of issuance costs

     13,513        14,510        —     

Change in restricted cash due to debt refinancing

     (750     —          —     

Change in restricted cash related to securitization

     (2,954     (4,161     —     

Payments on senior notes

     (2,821     (299     —     

Dividends paid

     —          —          (726

Purchase of treasury shares

     (16     —          —     

Other, net

     (364     (355     (373
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     7,224        6,345        (10,799
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     981        (2,199     (4,271

Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of year

     10,382        12,581        16,852   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents—end of year

   $ 11,363      $ 10,382      $ 12,581   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow activities:

      

Cash paid for interest

   $ 1,346      $ 1,289      $ 1,286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for taxes

   $ 1,280      $ 388      $ 752   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

      

Reduction of credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash balances due to delivery of tax credits to Certified Investors

   $ 19,482      $ 21,181      $ 28,902   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Refinance of line of credit to term loan

   $ —        $ 2,083      $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional paid in capital, upon acquisition of subsidiaries non-controlling interests

   $ —        $ 236      $ 331   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

NEWTEK BUSINESS SERVICES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION:

Newtek Business Services, Inc. (“Newtek”) is a holding company for several wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries, including twelve certified capital companies which are referred to as Capcos, and several portfolio companies in which the Capcos own non-controlling or minority interests. The Company provides a “one-stop-shop” for business services to the small- and medium-sized business market and uses state of the art web-based proprietary technology to be a low cost acquirer and provider of products and services. The Company partners with companies, credit unions, and associations to offer its services.

The Company’s principal business segments are:

Electronic Payment Processing: Marketing third party credit card processing and check approval services to the small- and medium-sized business market.

Managed Technology Solutions (previously referred to as Web Hosting): CrystalTech Web Hosting, Inc., d/b/a/ Newtek Technology Services, offers shared and dedicated web hosting and related services to the small- and medium-sized business market.

Small Business Finance: Primarily consists of Newtek Small Business Finance, Inc. (“NSBF”), a nationally licensed, U.S. Small Business Administration (“SBA”) lender that originates, sells and services loans to qualifying small businesses, which are partially guaranteed by the SBA; and CDS Business Services, Inc. d/b/a Newtek Business Credit (“NBC”) which provides receivable financing.

All Other: Includes results from businesses formed from Investments in Qualified Businesses made through Capco programs which cannot be aggregated with other operating segments.

Corporate Activities: Corporate implements business strategy, directs marketing, provides technology oversight and guidance, coordinates and integrates activities of the segments, contracts with alliance partners, acquires customer opportunities, and owns our proprietary NewTracker™ referral system. This segment includes revenue and expenses not allocated to other segments, including interest income, Capco management fee income and corporate operations expenses.

Capcos: Twelve certified capital companies which invest in small- and medium-sized businesses. They generate non-cash income from tax credits and non-cash interest expense.

The consolidated financial statements of Newtek Business Services, Inc., its Subsidiaries and consolidated entities (the “Company” or “Newtek”) have been prepared by the Company in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and include all wholly- and majority-owned subsidiaries, and several portfolio companies in which the Capcos own non-controlling interest, or those variable interest entities of which Newtek is considered to be the primary beneficiary. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Non-controlling interests (previously shown as minority interests) are reported below net income (loss) under the heading “Net loss attributable to non-controlling interests” in the consolidated statements of operations and shown as a component of equity in the consolidated balance sheets. See New Accounting Standards for further discussion.

Non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests in results of operations of consolidated variable interest entities and majority-owned subsidiaries represents the non-controlling members’ share of the earnings or loss of the consolidated variable interest entities and majority-owned subsidiaries. The non-controlling interest in the consolidated balance sheet reflects the original investment by these non-controlling members, along with their proportional share of earnings or losses.

All financial information included in the tables in the following footnotes is stated in thousands, except per share data.

NOTE 2—SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. The level of uncertainty in estimates and assumptions increases with the

 

F-7


Table of Contents

length of time until the underlying transactions are complete. The most significant estimates are with respect to valuation of investments in qualified businesses, asset impairment valuation, allowance for loan losses, valuation of servicing assets, charge-back reserves, tax valuation allowances and the fair value measurements used to value certain financial assets and financial liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company operates in a number of different segments. Revenues are recognized as services are rendered as follows:

Electronic payment processing revenue: Electronic payment processing income is derived from the electronic processing of credit and debit card transactions that are authorized and captured through third-party networks. Typically, merchants are charged for these processing services on a percentage of the dollar amount of each transaction plus a flat fee per transaction. Certain merchant customers are charged miscellaneous fees, including fees for handling charge-backs or returns, monthly minimum fees, statement fees and fees for other miscellaneous services. Revenues derived from the electronic processing of MasterCard® and Visa® sourced credit and debit card transactions are reported gross of amounts paid to sponsor banks.

The Company also derives revenues from acting as independent sales offices (“ISO”) for third-party processors (“residual revenue”) and from the sale of credit and debit card devices. Residual revenue is recognized monthly and revenues derived from sales of equipment are recognized at the time of shipment to the merchant.

Web hosting revenue: Managed technology solutions revenue is primarily derived from monthly recurring service fees for the use of its web hosting, web design and software support services. Customer set-up fees are billed upon service initiation and are recognized as revenue over the estimated customer relationship period of 2.5 years. Payment for web hosting and related services, excluding cloud plans, is generally received one month to one year in advance. Deferred revenues represent customer payments for web hosting and related services in advance of the reporting period date. Revenue for cloud related services is based on actual consumption used by a cloud customer.

Income from tax credits: Following an application process, a state will notify a company that it has been certified as a Capco. The state then allocates an aggregate dollar amount of tax credits to the Capco. However, such amount is neither recognized as income nor otherwise recorded in the financial statements since it has yet to be earned by the Capco. The Capco is legally entitled to earn tax credits upon satisfying defined investment percentage thresholds within specified time requirements and corresponding non-recapture percentages. At December 31, 2011, the Company had Capcos in five states and the District of Columbia. Each statute requires that the Capco invest a threshold percentage of Certified Capital in Qualified Businesses within the time frames specified. As the Capco meets these requirements, it avoids grounds under the statute for its disqualification for continued participation in the Capco program. Such a disqualification, or “decertification” as a Capco results in a recapture of all or a portion of the allocated tax credits; the proportion of the recapture is reduced over time as the Capco remains in general compliance with the program rules and meets the progressively increasing investment benchmarks.

As the Capco continues to make its investments in Qualified Businesses and, accordingly, places an increasing proportion of the tax credits beyond recapture, it earns an amount equal to the non-recapturable tax credits and records such amount as “income from tax credits”, with a corresponding asset called “credits in lieu of cash”, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The amount earned and recorded as income is determined by multiplying the total amount of tax credits allocated to the Capco by the percentage of tax credits immune from recapture (the earned income percentage) under the state statute. To the extent that the investment requirements are met ahead of schedule, and the percentage of non-recapturable tax credits is accelerated, the present value of the tax credit earned is recognized currently and the asset, credits in lieu of cash, is accreted up to the amount of tax credits available to the Certified Investors. If the tax credits are earned before the state is required to make delivery (i.e., investment requirements are met ahead of schedule, but credits can only be used by the Certified Investor in a future year), then the present value of the tax credits earned are recorded upon completion of the requirements. The receivable (called “credits in lieu of cash”) is accreted to the annual deliverable amount which can then be delivered to the insurance company investors in lieu of cash interest. Delivery of the tax credits to the Certified Investors results in a decrease of the receivable and the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash.

The allocation and utilization of Capco tax credits is controlled by the state law. In general, the Capco applies for tax credits from the state and is allocated a specific dollar amount of credits which are available to be earned. The Capco provides the state with a list of the Certified Investors, who have contractually agreed to accept the tax credits in lieu of cash interest payments on their notes. The tax credits are claimed by the Certified Investors on their state premium tax return as provided under each state Capco and tax law. State regulations specify the amount of tax credits a Certified Investor can claim and the period in which they can claim them. Each state periodically reviews the Capco’s operations to verify the amount of tax credits earned. In addition, the state maintains a list of Certified Investors and therefore has the ability to determine whether the Certified Investor is allowed to claim this deduction.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Sales and Servicing of SBA Loans: NSBF originates loans to customers under the SBA program that generally provides for SBA guarantees of 50% to 85% of each loan, with 90% under a previous government stimulus program, subject to a guaranteed portion of each loan. This guaranteed portion is generally sold to a third party via an SBA regulated secondary market transaction for a price equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment and the fair value of future net servicing income, and NSBF retains the unguaranteed principal portion in its own portfolio. Prior to October 1, 2010, NSBF recognized the revenue item “Premium on loan sales” net of capitalized loan expenses and the discount on the retained unguaranteed portion; subsequent to the adoption of fair value of SBA 7(a) loans on October 1, 2010, NSBF recognizes premium on loan sales as equal to the cash premium plus the fair value of the servicing income. Revenue is recognized on the trade date of the guaranteed portion, except as described below.

Prior to February 7, 2011, SBA Form 1086 required as part of the transferor’s representations and warranties that the transferor repay any premium received from the transferee if either the SBA 7(a) loan borrower prepays the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or fails to make one of its first three loan payments after the settlement date in a timely fashion and then proceeds to default within 275 days of the settlement date. Based on management’s best estimate and considering historical prepayment performance of the loan portfolio, the Company took the position that the premium was fully recognized at trade date, and a provision against the premium was not required at the time of the sale. However, effective January 1, 2010, Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” precludes sale treatment of the transferred guaranteed portions during this warranty period; rather NSBF was required to account for this as a financing arrangement with the transferee. Until the warranty period expires, such transferred loans were classified as “SBA Loans Transferred, subject to premium recourse” with a matching liability “Liability on SBA Loans Transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the expiration of the warranty period, the sale of the guaranteed portions of these loans as well as the corresponding gain is recognized, and the asset and liability eliminated. After February 7, 2011, the new SBA Form 1086 form allows the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the date of transfer, as was done prior to January 1, 2010. As a result, the balances at December 31, 2011 in “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” and “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” decreased to zero.

Upon recognition of each loan sale, the Company retains servicing responsibilities and receives servicing fees of a minimum of 1% of the guaranteed loan portion sold. The Company is required to estimate its adequate servicing compensation in the calculation of its servicing asset. The purchasers of the loans have no recourse to the Company for failure of customers to pay amounts contractually due. The Company separately recognizes at fair value any servicing assets or servicing liabilities first, and then allocates the previous carrying amount between the assets sold and the interests that continue to be held by it (the unguaranteed portion of the loan) based on their relative fair values at the date of transfer. The difference between the proceeds received and the allocated carrying value of the financial assets sold is recognized as a gain on sale of loans.

Subsequent measurements of each class of servicing assets and liabilities may use either the amortization method or the fair value measurement method. NSBF has chosen to apply the amortization method to its servicing asset, amortizing the asset in proportion to, and over the period of, the estimated future net servicing income on the underlying sold guaranteed portion of the loans and assessing the servicing asset for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. In the event future prepayments are significant or impairments are incurred and future expected cash flows are inadequate to cover the unamortized servicing assets, additional amortization or impairment charges would be recognized. In evaluating and measuring impairment of servicing assets, NSBF stratifies its servicing assets based on year of loan and loan term which are the key risk characteristics of the underlying loan pools. The Company uses an independent valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the servicing asset by calculating the present value of estimated future net servicing cash flows, using assumptions of prepayments, defaults, servicing costs and discount rates that NSBF believes market participants would use for similar assets. If NSBF determines that the impairment for a stratum is temporary, a valuation allowance is recognized through a charge to current earnings for the amount the amortized balance exceeds the current fair value. If the fair value of the stratum were to later increase, the valuation allowance may be reduced as a recovery. However, if NSBF determines that impairment for a stratum of loans is other than temporary, the value of the servicing asset and any related valuation allowance is written-down.

Interest and SBA Loan Fees: Interest income on loans is recognized as earned. Loans are placed on non-accrual status if they are over 90 days past due with respect to principal or interest and, in the opinion of management, interest or principal on individual loans is not collectible, or at such earlier time as management determines that the collectability of such principal or interest is unlikely.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Such loans are designated as impaired non-accrual loans. All other loans are defined as performing loans. When a loan is designated as non-accrual, the accrual of interest is discontinued, and any accrued but uncollected interest income is reversed and charged against current operations. While a loan is classified as non-accrual and the future collectability of the recorded loan balance is doubtful, collections of interest and principal are generally applied as a reduction to principal outstanding.

The Company passes certain expenditures it incurs to the borrower, such as forced placed insurance, insufficient funds fees, or fees it assesses, such as late fees, with respect to managing the loan. These expenditures are recorded when incurred. Due to the uncertainty with respect to collection of these passed through expenditures or assessed fees, any funds received to reimburse the Company are recorded on a cash basis as other income.

Insurance commissions: Revenues are comprised of commissions earned on premiums paid for insurance policies and are recognized at the time the commission is earned. At that date, the earnings process has been completed and the Company can estimate the impact of policy cancellations for refunds and establish reserves. The reserve for policy cancellations is based on historical cancellation experience adjusted by known circumstances.

Other income: Other income represents revenues generated by NBC, as well as revenues derived from operating units that cannot be aggregated with other business segments, and one-time recoveries or gains on qualified investments. Revenue is recorded when there is pervasive evidence of an agreement, the related fees are fixed, the service and/or product has been delivered, and the collection of the related receivable is assured. Other income particular to NBC includes the following components:

 

 

Receivable fees: Receivable fees are derived from the funding (purchase) of receivables from finance clients. NBC recognizes the revenue on the date the receivables are purchased at a percentage of face value as agreed to by the client. The Company also has arrangements with certain of its clients whereby it purchases the client’s receivables and charges interest at a specified rate based on the amount of funds advanced against such receivables. The funds provided are collateralized by the receivables and the interest income is recognized as earned.

 

 

Late fees: Late fees are derived from receivables NBC has purchased that have gone over a certain period (usually over 30 days) without payment. The client or the client’s customer is charged a late fee according to the agreement with the client and NBC records the fees as income in the month in which such receivable becomes past due.

 

 

Billing fees: Billing fees are derived from billing-only (non-finance) clients. These fees are recorded when earned, which occurs when the service is rendered.

 

 

Other fees: These fees include annual fees, due diligence fees, termination fees, under minimum fees, and other fees including finance charges, supplies sold to clients, NSF fees, wire fees and administration fees. These fees are charged upon funding, takeovers or liquidation of finance clients. NBC also receives commission revenue from various sources.

The detail of total operating revenues included in the consolidated statements of operations is as follows for the years ended:

 

(In thousands):    2011      2010      2009  

Electronic payment processing

   $ 82,475       $ 80,920       $ 69,654   

Web hosting

     19,183         19,164         18,846   

Interest income

     2,629         1,903         1,735   

Income from tax credits

     1,390         2,380         7,837   

Premium on loan sales

     12,468         2,428         1,652   

Servicing fee

     3,101         2,568         1,625   

Insurance commissions

     1,071         886         811   

Other income

     3,022         2,470         3,551   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 125,339       $ 112,719       $ 105,711   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Electronic Payment Processing Costs

Electronic payment processing costs consist principally of costs directly related to the processing of merchant sales volume, including interchange fees, VISA® and MasterCard® dues and assessments, bank processing fees and costs paid to third-party processing networks. Such costs are recognized at the time the merchant transactions are processed or when the services are performed. Two

 

F-10


Table of Contents

of the most significant components of electronic processing expenses include interchange and assessment costs, which are set by the credit card associations. Interchange costs are passed on to the entity issuing the credit card used in the transaction and assessment costs are retained by the credit card associations. Interchange and assessment fees are billed primarily as a percent of dollar volume processed and, to a lesser extent, as a per transaction fee. Electronic payment processing costs also include residual expenses, which are paid to third-party sales referral sources under various formulae as contracted. These are generally linked to revenues derived from merchants successfully referred and that begin using the Company for merchant processing services. Such residual expenses are recognized in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Invested cash is held almost exclusively at financial institutions with ratings from S&P of A- or better. The Company invests cash not held in interest free checking accounts or bank money market accounts mainly in U.S. Treasury only money market instruments or funds and other investment-grade securities. As of December 31, 2011, cash deposits in excess of FDIC deposit insurance and SIPC insurance totaled approximately $1,713,000 and funds held in U.S. Treasury only money market funds or equivalents in excess of SIPC insurance totaled approximately $3,448,000.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash includes cash collateral relating to a letter of credit; monies due on SBA loan-related remittances and insurance premiums received by the Company and due to third parties; cash held by the Capcos restricted for use in managing and operating the Capco, making qualified investments and for the payment of income taxes; cash held in a pre-funding account which will be used to purchase future unguaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, cash reserves and prepaid interest associated with the securitization, cash held for our payroll clients waiting to be remitted to their employees or taxing authority and a cash account maintained as a reserve against electronic payment processing chargeback losses. Following is a summary of restricted cash by segment:

 

(In thousands):    2011      2010  

Electronic payment processing

   $ 284       $ —     

Small business finance

     9,107         5,221   

All other

     110         86   

Corporate activities

     1,064         312   

Capcos

     3,501         5,128   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 14,066       $ 10,747   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Broker Receivable

Broker receivable represents amounts due from third parties for loans held for sale which have been traded at year end but have not yet settled.

Purchased Receivables

Purchased receivables are recorded at the point in time when cash is released to the seller. A majority of the receivables purchased have recourse and are charged back to the seller if aged over 60, 90 or 120 days, depending on contractual agreements. Purchased receivables are included in accounts receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts – Purchased Receivables

The allowance for doubtful accounts, related to purchased receivables, is established by management through provisions for bad debts charged against income. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for doubtful accounts and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to income.

The amount of the allowance for doubtful accounts is inherently subjective, as it requires making material estimates which may vary from actual results. Management’s ongoing estimates of the allowance for doubtful accounts are particularly affected by the performance of the client in their ability to provide the Company with future receivables coupled with the collections of their current receivables.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to clients’ aggregate net balance that is classified as doubtful. The general component covers non-classified balances and is based on historical loss experience.

A clients’ aggregate net balance is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the receivable payments or the Company has greatly reduced the amount of receivables to be purchased.

The Company’s charge-off policy is based on a client-by-client review for which the estimated uncollectible portion is charged off against the corresponding client’s net balance and the allowance for doubtful accounts.

Investments in Qualified Businesses

The various interests that the Company’s Capcos acquire in its qualified investments are accounted for under three methods: consolidation, equity method and cost method. The applicable accounting method is generally determined based on the Company’s voting interest or the economics of the transaction if the investee is determined to be a variable interest entity.

Consolidation Method. Investments in which the Company directly or indirectly owns more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities, those the Company has effective control over, or those deemed to be a variable interest entity in which the Company is the primary beneficiary are generally accounted for under the consolidation method of accounting. Under this method, an investment’s financial position and results of operations are reflected within the Company’s consolidated financial statements. All significant inter-company accounts and transactions are eliminated, including returns of principal, dividends, interest received and investment redemptions. The results of operations and cash flows of a consolidated operating entity are included through the latest interim period in which the Company owned a greater than 50% direct or indirect voting interest, exercised control over the entity for the entire interim period or was otherwise designated as the primary beneficiary. Upon dilution of control below 50%, or upon occurrence of a triggering event requiring reconsideration as to the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity, the accounting method is adjusted to the equity or cost method of accounting, as appropriate, for subsequent periods.

Equity Method. Investees that are not consolidated, but over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method of accounting. Whether or not the Company exercises significant influence with respect to an investee depends on an evaluation of several factors including, among others, representation on the investee’s Board of Directors and ownership level, which is generally a 20% to 50% interest in the voting securities of the investee, including voting rights associated with the Company’s holdings in common, preferred and other convertible instruments in the investee. Under the equity method of accounting, an investee’s accounts are not reflected within the Company’s consolidated financial statements; however, the Company’s share of the earnings or losses of the investee is reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Cost Method. Investees not accounted for under the consolidation or the equity method of accounting are accounted for under the cost method of accounting. Under this method, the Company’s share of the net earnings or losses of such companies is not included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, cost method impairment charges are recognized, as necessary, in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. If circumstances suggest that the value of the investee has subsequently recovered, such recovery is not recorded until ultimately liquidated or realized.

The Company’s debt and equity investments have substantially been made with funds available to Newtek through the Capco programs. These programs generally require that each Capco meet a minimum investment benchmark within five years of initial funding. In addition, any funds received by a Capco as a result of a debt repayment or equity return may, under the terms of the Capco programs, be reinvested and counted towards the Capco’s minimum investment benchmarks.

SBA Loans Held for Investment

For loans that completed funding before October 1, 2010, Loans receivable held for investment are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, net deferred loan origination costs and the allowance for loan losses. For loans that completed funding on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value Loan receivables held for investment within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own expectations about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset including assumptions about risk (see Note 3). Because there currently is no active secondary market for the unguaranteed portions, the Company uses a combination of trading information from the guaranteed sales, as was previously used to determine the discount on the unguaranteed portions, and the historical performance of NSBF’s loans applied to their outstanding unpaid principal balances. If a loan measured at fair value is subsequently impaired, then the fair value of the loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Because the loans bear interest at a variable rate, NSBF does not factor in interest rate risk.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Allowance for SBA Loan Losses

For loans funded before October 1, 2010, the allowance for loan losses for performing loans is established by management through provisions for loan losses charged against income. The amount of the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective, as it requires making material estimates which may vary from actual results. Management’s ongoing estimates of the allowance for loan losses are particularly affected by the changing composition of the loan portfolio over the last few years as well as other portfolio characteristics, such as industry concentrations and loan collateral. The adequacy of the allowance for loan losses is reviewed by management on a monthly basis at a minimum, and as adjustments become necessary, are reflected in operations during the periods in which they become known. Considerations in this evaluation include past and anticipated loss experience, risks inherent in the current portfolio and evaluation of real estate collateral as well as current economic conditions. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, is adequate to absorb estimated loan losses inherent in the Company’s entire loan portfolio. The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as either loss, doubtful, substandard or special mention. For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value or observable market price) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors.

Loans funded on or after October 1, 2010 are recorded at fair value. Changes in the value of such loans, whether performing or impaired, are reported as a net change in the fair value of SBA loans held for investment in the consolidated statement of operations.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Other factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status and collateral value. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans for which the carrying amount is based on fair value of the underlying collateral are included in assets and reported at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis, both at initial recognition of impairment and on an on-going basis until recovery or charge-off of the loan amount. The determination of impairment involves management’s judgment in the use of market data and third party estimates regarding collateral values. For loans funded before October 1, 2010, the impairment of a loan resulted in management establishing an allowance for loan losses through provisions for loan losses charged against income; for subsequent loans at fair value, impairment results in a net change in the fair value of SBA loans held for investment. Amounts deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the allowance for loan losses or reduces the fair value and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance or increases the fair value.

The Company’s charge-off policy is based on a loan-by-loan review for which the estimated uncollectible portion of nonperforming loans is charged off against the corresponding loan receivable and the allowance for possible loan losses or against the reduction in fair value.

SBA Loans Held For Sale

Prior to October 1, 2010, loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans held for sale within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

 

F-13


Table of Contents

Loans receivable held for sale are sold with the servicing rights retained by the Company. For loans funded prior to October 1, 2010, gains on sales of loans are recognized based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loans sold. Unamortized net deferred loan origination costs are recognized as a component of gain on sale of loans. For loans funded on or after October 1, 2010, premium on loan sales is equal to the cash premium plus the fair value of the servicing income while extinguishing the fair value gain previously recorded.

Fixed Assets

Fixed assets, which are comprised of furniture and fixtures and computer office equipment, land, building and improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation of fixed assets is provided on a straight-line basis using estimated useful lives of the related assets. Amortization of leasehold improvements is provided on a straight-line basis using the lesser of the useful life of the asset or lease term. Useful lives of assets are: computer software, website development, and servers and storage (three years), computer and office equipment and furniture and fixtures (generally three to five years).

Software and Website Development Costs

The Company capitalizes its website development costs, online application system, referral system and other proprietary systems and computer software. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage are expensed as incurred, while application stage projects are capitalized. The latter costs are typically employee and/or consulting services directly associated with the development of the internal use computer software. Software and website costs are included in fixed assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Amortization commences once the software is ready for its intended use and is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life, typically three years.

Deferred Financing Costs

Deferred financing costs are being amortized under the straight-line method over the terms of the related indebtedness, which approximates the effective interest method and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including fixed assets and intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In reviewing for impairment, the carrying value of such assets is compared to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected from the use of the assets and their eventual disposition. If such cash flows are not sufficient to support the asset’s recorded value, an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the long-lived asset to its estimated fair value. The determination of future cash flows as well as the estimated fair value of long-lived assets involves significant estimates on the part of management. In order to estimate the fair value of a long-lived asset, the Company may engage a third party to assist with the valuation. If there is a material change in economic conditions or other circumstances influencing the estimate of future cash flows or fair value, the Company could be required to recognize impairment charges in the future.

Securitization Activities

NSBF engaged in a securitization of the unguaranteed portions of its SBA 7(a) loans. Because the transfer of these assets did not meet the criteria of a sale for accounting purposes, it was treated as a secured borrowing. NSBF continues to recognize the assets of the secured borrowing in Loans held for investment and the associated financing in Notes payable on the consolidated balance sheets.

SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

Effective January 1, 2010, a new accounting standard codified into ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” required for the guaranteed portions transferred that the Company, due to the premium warranty formerly incorporated in SBA Form 1086 (see the discussion above), establish a new asset entitled “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” related to the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans contractually sold but subject to premium recourse and a matching liability until the end of the warranty period. Prior to October 1, 2010, loans transferred in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at cost. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly

 

F-14


Table of Contents

price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

Contemporaneous with the adoption of this new accounting standard the Company elected the fair value option for valuing this new liability, which is captioned in the consolidated financial statements as “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the time, management elected to adopt the fair value option election because it more accurately reflected the economics of the transaction. For liabilities created prior to October 1, 2010 and prior to the adoption of fair value for the loans themselves, within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value, the Company utilizes Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the liability (including assumptions about risk). The Company values the liability based on the probability of payment given the Company’s history of returning premium: the transferee will receive 100% of the guaranteed portion from either the borrower or the SBA and approximately 3% of the premium amount from the Company. The aforementioned return of premiums is triggered by either the borrower’s prepayment of the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or the borrower’s default within 275 days of the settlement date on loans where any of the borrower’s first three payments were delinquent.

For liabilities created on or after October 1, 2010, the fair valuing of the loans themselves provides the economic gain to be recognized from the transfer. Continuing to value the liability based on the likelihood of repaying the premium warranty would effectively double count the gain from creating the loan. As such, the Company changed the valuation of the liability for loans issued to match the amount received from the transfer.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill and other intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are not amortized and are subject to impairment tests, at least annually. Other intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful lives ranging from 18 to 66 months, and evaluated as discussed in Note 10.

The Company considers the following to be some examples of indicators that may trigger an impairment review outside its annual impairment review: (i) significant under-performance or loss of key contracts acquired in an acquisition relative to expected historical or projected future operating results; (ii) significant changes in the manner or use of the acquired assets or in the Company’s overall strategy with respect to the manner or use of the acquired assets or changes in the Company’s overall business strategy; (iii) significant negative industry or economic trends; (iv) increased competitive pressures; (v) a significant decline in the Company’s stock price for a sustained period of time; and (vi) regulatory changes. In assessing the recoverability of the Company’s goodwill and intangibles, the Company must make assumptions regarding estimated future cash flows and other factors to determine the fair value of the respective assets. These include estimation of future cash flows, which is dependent on internal forecasts, estimation of the long-term rate of growth for the Company, the useful life over which cash flows will occur, and determination of the Company’s cost of capital. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value and conclusions on goodwill impairment.

Reserve for Losses on Merchant Accounts

Disputes between a cardholder and a merchant periodically arise as a result of, among other things, cardholder dissatisfaction with merchandise quality or merchant services. Such disputes may not be resolved in the merchant’s favor. In these cases, the transaction is “charged back” to the merchant, which means the purchase price is refunded to the customer through the merchant’s acquiring bank and charged to the merchant. If the merchant has inadequate funds, the Company or, under limited circumstances, the Company and the acquiring bank, must bear the credit risk for the full amount of the transaction. The Company evaluates its risk for such transactions and estimates its potential loss for charge-backs based primarily on historical experience and other relevant factors.

The Company records reserves for charge-backs and contingent liabilities when such amounts are deemed to be probable and estimable. The required reserves may change in the future due to new developments, including, but not limited to, changes in litigation or increased charge-back exposure as the result of merchant insolvency, liquidation, or other reasons. The required reserves are reviewed periodically to determine if adjustments are required.

 

F-15


Table of Contents

Stock—Based Compensation

All share-based payments to employees are recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values using an option-pricing model at the date of grant. The Company recognizes compensation on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award. The Company has elected to adopt the alternative transition method for calculating the tax effects of share-based compensation. The alternative transition method includes a simplified method to establish the beginning balance of the additional paid-in capital pool related to the tax effects of employee share-based compensation, which is available to absorb tax deficiencies.

Fair Value

The Company adopted the methods of fair value to value its financial assets and liabilities. The Company carries its credits in lieu of cash, prepaid insurance and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash at fair value. The Company also carries impaired loans and other real estate owned at fair value. Fair value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In order to increase consistency and comparability in fair value measurements, the Company utilized a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value into three broad levels, which are described below:

 

Level 1    Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 1 assets and liabilities include debt and equity securities and derivative contracts that are traded in an active exchange market, as well as certain U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities that are highly liquid and are actively traded in over-the-counter markets.
Level 2    Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Level 2 assets and liabilities include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments and derivative contracts whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. This category generally includes certain U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed debt securities, corporate debt securities, derivative contracts and residential mortgage loans held-for-sale.
Level 3    Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, or similar techniques, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. This category generally includes certain private equity investments, retained residual interests in securitizations, residential mortgage servicing rights, and highly structured or long-term derivative contracts.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are computed based upon the differences between the financial statement and income tax basis of assets and liabilities using the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be realized or settled. If available evidence suggests that it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is required to reduce the deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company’s U.S. Federal and state income tax returns prior to fiscal year 2007 are closed, and management continually evaluates expiring statutes of limitations, audits, proposed settlements, changes in tax law and new authoritative rulings.

Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes

The ultimate deductibility of positions taken or expected to be taken on tax returns is often uncertain. In order to recognize the benefits associated with a tax position taken (i.e., generally a deduction on a corporation’s tax return), the entity must conclude that the ultimate allowability of the deduction is more likely than not. If the ultimate allowability of the tax position exceeds 50% (i.e., it is more likely than not), the benefit associated with the position is recognized at the largest dollar amount that has more than a 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and recognized will generally result in (1) an increase in income taxes currently payable or a reduction in an income tax refund receivable or (2) an increase in a deferred tax liability or a decrease in a deferred tax asset, or both (1) and (2).

 

F-16


Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

As required by the Financial Instruments Topic of the FASB ASC, the estimated fair values of financial instruments must be disclosed. Excluding fixed assets, intangible assets, goodwill, and prepaid expenses and other assets (excluding as noted below), substantially all of the Company’s assets and liabilities are considered financial instruments as defined under this standard. Fair value estimates are subjective in nature and are dependent on a number of significant assumptions associated with each instrument or group of similar instruments, including estimates of discount rates, risks associated with specific financial instruments, estimates of future cash flows and relevant available market information.

The carrying values of the following balance sheet items approximate their fair values primarily due to their liquidity and short-term or adjustable-yield nature:

 

   

Cash and cash equivalents

 

   

Restricted cash

 

   

Broker receivable

 

   

Accounts receivable

 

   

Notes payable

 

   

Accrued interest receivable (included in prepaid expenses and other assets)

 

   

Accrued interest payable (included in accounts payable and accrued expenses)

 

   

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

The carrying value of investments in Qualified Businesses (included in prepaid expenses and other assets), Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash as well as SBA loans held for investment, SBA loans held for sale, SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse and Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse (for loans funded after September 30, 2010) approximate fair value based on management’s estimates.

New Accounting Standards

On July 21, 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-20, “Disclosures about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses”, which requires significant new disclosures about the allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of financing receivables. The requirements are intended to enhance transparency regarding credit losses and the credit quality of loan and lease receivables. Under this statement, allowance for credit losses and fair value are to be disclosed by portfolio segment, while credit quality information, impaired financing receivables and nonaccrual status are to be presented by class of financing receivable. Disclosure of the nature and extent, the financial impact and segment information of troubled debt restructurings will also be required. The disclosures are to be presented at the level of disaggregation that management uses when assessing and monitoring the portfolio’s risk and performance. This standard is effective for interim and annual reporting periods after December 15, 2010. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company because the Company already includes the necessary disclosures in its financial statements.

In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01, “Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20,” which defers the effective date related to the disclosures required in ASU No. 2010-20, enabling creditors to provide such disclosures after the FASB completes their project clarifying the guidance for determining what constitutes a troubled debt restructuring. As the provisions of this ASU only defer the effective date of disclosure requirements related to troubled debt restructurings, the adoption of this ASU had no impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “A Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” The provisions of ASU No. 2011-02 provide additional guidance related to determining whether a creditor has granted a concession, include factors and examples for creditors to consider in evaluating whether a restructuring results in a delay in payment that is insignificant, prohibit creditors from using the borrower’s effective rate test to evaluate whether a concession has been granted to the borrower, and add factors for creditors to use in determining whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties. A provision in ASU No. 2011-02 also ends the FASB’s deferral of the additional disclosures about troubled debt restructurings as required by ASU No. 2010-20. This standard became effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011. The Company has adopted ASU No. 2011-02 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs,” which amends the current fair value measurement and disclosure guidance of ASC Topic 820 “Fair Value Measurement” to include increased transparency around valuation inputs and investment categorization. The guidance provided in ASU No. 2011-04 is effective prospectively for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-08, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350),” to allow entities to use a qualitative approach to test goodwill for impairment and permit an entity to first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If it is concluded that this is the case, it is necessary to perform the currently prescribed two-step goodwill impairment test. Otherwise, the two-step goodwill impairment test is not required. This standard was effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. This standard is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated statements of operations and balance sheets.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year immaterial amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.

NOTE 3 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS:

FAIR VALUE OPTION ELECTIONS

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted fair value accounting concurrent with the election of the fair value option. The accounting standard relating to the fair value measurements clarifies the definition of fair value and describes methods available to appropriately measure fair value in accordance with GAAP. The accounting standard applies whenever other accounting standards require or permit fair value measurements. The accounting standard relating to the fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities allows entities to irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and financial liabilities that are not otherwise required to be measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings as they occur. It also establishes presentation and disclosure requirements designed to improve comparability between entities that elect different measurement attributes for similar assets and liabilities.

On January 1, 2008, the Company elected the fair value option for valuing its Capcos’ credits in lieu of cash, notes payable in credits in lieu of cash and prepaid insurance.

On January 1, 2010, the Company elected the fair value option for valuing its liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.

On October 1, 2010, the Company elected the fair value option for valuing its SBA 7(a) loans funded on or after that date which are included in SBA loans held for investment, SBA loans held for sale and SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.

The Company elected the fair value option in order to reflect in its financial statements the assumptions that market participants use in evaluating these financial instruments.

FAIR VALUE OPTION ELECTION – CREDITS IN LIEU OF CASH, PREPAID INSURANCE AND NOTES PAYABLE IN CREDITS IN LIEU OF CASH

Under the cost basis of accounting, the discount rates used to calculate the present value of the credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash did not reflect the credit enhancements that the Company’s Capcos obtained from Chartis, Inc. (“Chartis”) (formerly American International Group, Inc.), namely its AA+ rating at such time, for their debt issued to Certified Investors. Instead the cost paid for the credit enhancements was recorded as prepaid insurance and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the credit enhancements.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

With the adoption of the fair value measurement of financial assets and financial liabilities and the election of the fair value option, credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash are valued based on the yields at which financial instruments would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller when the former is not under any compulsion to buy and the latter is not under any compulsion to sell, both parties having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts. The accounting standards require the fair value of the assets or liabilities to be determined based on the assumptions that market participants use in pricing the financial instrument. In developing those assumptions, the Company identified characteristics that distinguish market participants generally, and considered factors specific to (a) the asset type, (b) the principal (or most advantageous) market for the asset group, and (c) market participants with whom the reporting entity would transact in that market.

Based on the aforementioned characteristics and in view of the Chartis credit enhancements, the Company believes that market participants purchasing or selling its Capcos’ debt, and therefore its credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash, view nonperformance risk to be equal to the risk of Chartis nonperformance risk and as such both the fair value of credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash should be priced to yield a rate equal to an applicable Chartis U.S. Dollar denominated debt instrument. Because the value of notes payable in credits in lieu of cash directly reflects the credit enhancement obtained from Chartis, the unamortized cost relating to the credit enhancement will cease to be separately carried as an asset on Company’s consolidated balance sheets and is incorporated in notes payable in credits in lieu of cash.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Credits in lieu of cash

   $ 16,948       $ —         $ 16,948       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

   $ 16,948       $ —         $ 16,948       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Assets:

           

Credits in lieu of cash

   $ 35,494       $ —         $ 35,494       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities:

           

Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

   $ 35,494       $ —         $ 35,494       $ —     
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash

The Company elected to account for both credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash at fair value in order to reflect in its consolidated financial statements the assumptions that market participant’s use in evaluating these financial instruments.

Fair value measurements:

The Company’s Capcos’ debt, enhanced by Chartis insurance, effectively bears the nonperformance risk of Chartis. Therefore the Company calculates the fair value of both the Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash using the yields of various Chartis notes with similar maturities to each of the Company’s respective Capcos’ debt. The Company elected to discontinue utilizing Chartis 7.70% Series A-5 Junior Subordinated Debentures (the “Chartis Debentures”) because those long maturity debentures began to trade with characteristics of a preferred stock after Chartis received financing from the United States Government. The Company considers the Chartis Note Basket a Level 2 input under fair value accounting, since it is a quoted yield for a similar liability that is traded in an active exchange market. The Company selected these Chartis Note Baskets as the most representative of the nonperformance risk associated with the CAPCO notes because they are Chartis issued notes, are actively traded and because maturities match Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash.

After calculating the fair value of both the Credits in lieu of cash and Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash, the Company compares their values. This calculation is done on a quarterly basis. Calculation differences primarily due to tax credit receipt versus delivery timing may cause the value of the Credits in lieu of cash to differ from that of the Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash. Because the Credits in lieu of cash asset has the single purpose of paying the Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash and has no other value to the Company, Newtek determined that the Credits in lieu of cash should equal the Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash.

On December 31, 2010, the yield on the Chartis Note Basket was 4.38%. As of December 31, 2011, the date the Company revalued the asset and liability, the yields on the Chartis notes averaged 5.53% reflecting changes in interest rates in the marketplace. This increase in yield decreased both the fair value of the credits in lieu of cash and the fair value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash. The Company decreased the value of the credits in lieu of cash to equal the value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash because the credits in lieu of cash can only be used to satisfy the liability and must equal the value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash at all times. The net change in fair value reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2011 was a loss of $131,000.

On December 31, 2009, the yield on the Chartis Note Basket was 6.92%. As of December 31, 2010, the date the Company revalued the asset and liability, the yields on the Chartis notes averaged 4.38% reflecting changes in interest rates in the marketplace. This decrease in yield increased both the fair value of the credits in lieu of cash and the fair value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash. The Company increased the value of the credits in lieu of cash to equal the value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash because the credits in lieu of cash can only be used to satisfy the liability and must equal the value of the notes payable in credits in lieu of cash at all times. The net change in fair value reported in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 was a gain of $38,000.

Changes in the future yield of the Chartis issued debt selected for valuation purposes will result in changes to the fair values of the credits in lieu of cash and notes payable in credits in lieu of cash when calculated for future periods; these changes will be reported through the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.

FAIR VALUE OPTION ELECTION – LIABILITY ON SBA LOANS TRANSFERRED, SUBJECT TO PREMIUM RECOURSE

Effective January 1, 2010, a new accounting standard codified into ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” requires for the guaranteed portions transferred that the Company, due to the premium warranty formerly incorporated in SBA Form 1086 (see the discussion above), establish a new asset related to the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans contractually sold but subject to premium recourse and a matching liability until the end of the warranty period. Contemporaneous with the adoption of this new accounting standard the Company elected the fair value option for valuing this new liability, which is captioned in the consolidated financial statements as “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse.” At the time, management elected to adopt the fair value option election because it more accurately reflected the economics of the transaction. For liabilities created prior to October 1, 2010 and prior to the adoption of fair value for the loans themselves, within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and

 

F-20


Table of Contents

unobservable inputs used to measure fair value, the Company utilizes Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the liability (including assumptions about risk). The Company values the liability based on the probability of payment given the Company’s history of returning premium: the transferee will receive 100% of the guaranteed portion from either the borrower or the SBA and approximately 3% of the premium amount from the Company. The aforementioned return of premiums is triggered by either the borrower’s prepayment of the loan within 90 days of the transfer settlement date or the borrower’s default within 275 days of the settlement date on loans where any of the borrower’s first three payments were delinquent.

For liabilities created on or after October 1, 2010, the fair valuing of the loans themselves provides the economic gain to be recognized from the transfer. Continuing to value the liability based on the likelihood of repaying the premium warranty would effectively double count the gain from creating the loan. As such, the Company changed the valuation of the liability for loans issued to match the amount received from the transfer.

After February 7, 2011, the new Form 1086 allowed the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the date of transfer, as was done prior to January 1, 2010. As a result of this, the balances at December 31, 2011 in “Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” were reduced to zero.

Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis as of December 31, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Liabilities:

           

Liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

   $ 30,783       $ —         $ —         $ 30,783   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below is a summary of the activity in the liability on SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

   $ 30,783   

SBA loans sold, no longer subject to premium recourse

     (30,783
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2011

   $ —     
  

 

 

 

FAIR VALUE OPTION ELECTION – SBA 7(a) LOANS

On October 1, 2010, the Company elected to utilize the fair value option for SBA 7(a) loans funded on or after that date. Management believed that doing so would promote its effort to both simplify and make more transparent its financial statements by better portraying the true economic value of this asset on its balance sheet and income statement. NSBF originates, funds, and services government guaranteed loans under section 7(a) of the Small Business Act. The SBA does not fully guarantee the SBA 7(a) Loans: An SBA 7(a) Loan is bifurcated into a guaranteed portion and an unguaranteed portion, each accruing interest on the principal balance of such portion at a per annum rate in effect from time to time. NSBF originates variable interest loans, usually set at a fixed index to the Prime rate that resets quarterly. Primarily, NSBF has made SBA 7(a) loans carrying guarantees of 75% and 85%; from 2009 through early 2011 under a special program, most of the loans NSBF originated carried a guarantee of 90%. NSBF, both historically and as a matter of its business plan, transfers the guaranteed portions via SBA Form 1086 into the secondary market when the guaranteed portion becomes available for sale upon the closing and fully funding of the SBA 7(a) loan and retains the unguaranteed portions. Management recognized that the economic value in the guaranteed portion did not inure to NSBF at the time of their sale but rather when the guaranty attached at origination; amortization accounting by its nature does not recognize this increase in value at the true time when it occurred. Under the fair value option, the value of the guarantee is recorded when it economically occurs at the point of the creation of the loan, and is not delayed until when the sale occurs. Contemporaneously, the value of the unguaranteed will also be determined to produce the full, fair value of the loan.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Although the fair value election is for the entire SBA 7(a) loan, the Company primarily sells the guaranteed portions at the completion of funding. The need to record the fair value for the guaranteed portion of the loan will primarily occur under two circumstances: for guaranteed portions that were not transferred at period end (“SBA loans held for sale”) and at the end of 2010, for loans transferred in the secondary market that did not achieve sale status under ASC Topic 860 (“SBA loans transferred, subject to recourse”). The unguaranteed portion retained is recorded under “SBA loans held for investment.”

SBA Loans Held for Investment

For loans that completed funding before October 1, 2010, Loans receivable held for investment are reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, net deferred loan origination costs and the allowance for loan losses. For loans that completed funding on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value Loan receivables held for investment within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 3 unobservable inputs which reflect the Company’s own expectations about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset (including assumptions about risk). Because there currently is no active secondary market for the unguaranteed portions, the Company uses a combination of trading information from the guaranteed sales, as was previously used to determine the discount on the unguaranteed portions, and the historical performance of NSBF’s loans applied to their outstanding unpaid principal balances. If a loan measured at fair value is subsequently impaired, then the fair value of the loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Because the loans bear interest at a variable rate, NSBF does not have to factor in interest rate risk.

SBA Loans Held For Sale

Prior to October 1, 2010, loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at the lower of aggregate cost or fair value, as determined by aggregate outstanding commitments from investors. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans held for sale within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs used to measure fair value utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

SBA Loans Transferred, Subject to Premium Recourse

Effective January 1, 2010, a new accounting standard codified into ASC Topic 860, “Transfers and Servicing,” required for the guaranteed portions transferred that the Company, due to the premium warranty formerly incorporated in SBA Form 1086 (the warranty ceased as part of the form on February 7, 2011), establish a new asset related to the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans contractually sold but subject to premium recourse. Prior to October 1, 2010, loans transferred in the secondary market, that is the guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans, were carried at cost. For guaranteed portions funded on or after October 1, 2010, management elected to fair value SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse within the fair value hierarchy that prioritizes observable and unobservable inputs utilizing Level 2 assets. These inputs include debt securities with quoted prices that are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments or have values determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market. The secondary market for the guaranteed portions is extremely robust with broker dealers acting as primary dealers. NSBF sells regularly into the market and can quickly price its loans for sales. The Company values the guaranteed portion based on market prices equal to the guaranteed loan amount plus a premium that includes both an upfront cash payment (utilizing quoted prices) and the value of a stream of payments representing servicing income received in excess of NSBF’s servicing cost (valued using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market).

After February 7, 2011, the new Form 1086 allowed the Company to recognize premium income concurrent with the date of transfer, as was done prior to January 1, 2010. As a result, the balance at December 31, 2011 in “SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse” decreased to zero.

 

F-22


Table of Contents
     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Gains and
(Losses)
 

Assets

              

SBA loans held for investment

   $ 21,857       $ —         $ —         $ 21,857       $ (2,392

SBA loans held for sale

     2,198         —           2,198         —           265   

SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

     —           —           —           —           (3,366
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 24,055       $ —         $ 2,198       $ 21,857       $ (5,493
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Gains and
(Losses)
 

Assets

              

SBA loans held for investment

   $ 2,310       $ —         $ —         $ 2,310       $ (285

SBA loans held for sale

     1,014         —           1,014         —           413   

SBA loans transferred, subject to premium recourse

     21,212         —           21,212         —           3,366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 24,536       $ —         $ 22,226       $ 2,310       $ 3,494   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Below is a summary of the activity in SBA loans held for investment, at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,310      $ —     

SBA loans held for investment, originated

     22,385        2,595   

Payments received

     (446     —     

Fair value loss

     (2,392     (285
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 21,857      $ 2,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-23


Table of Contents

OTHER FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis are as follows (in thousands):

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2011 Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Losses  

Assets

              

Impaired loans

   $ 6,978       $ —         $ —         $ 6,978       $ (751

Other real-estate owned

     469         —           469         —           (43
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 7,447       $ —         $ 469       $ 6,978       $ (794
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Fair Value Measurements at December 31, 2010 Using:         
     Total      Level 1      Level 2      Level 3      Total Losses  

Assets

              

Impaired loans

   $ 5,813       $ —         $ —         $ 5,813       $ (1,847

Impaired customer merchant accounts

     —           —           —           —           (25

Other real-estate owned

     327         —           327         —           (8
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 6,140       $ —         $ 327       $ 5,813       $ (1,880
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-recurring Basis are as follows (in thousands):

Impaired loans

Impairment of a loan is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impaired loans for which the carrying amount is based on fair value of the underlying collateral are included in assets and reported at estimated fair value on a non-recurring basis, both at initial recognition of impairment and on an on-going basis until recovery or charge-off of the loan amount. The determination of impairment involves management’s judgment in the use of market data and third party estimates regarding collateral values. Valuations in the level of impaired loans and corresponding impairment affect the level of the reserve for loan losses.

Impaired customer merchant accounts

Customer merchant accounts are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In reviewing for impairment, the carrying value is compared to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected. If such cash flows are not sufficient to support the asset’s recorded value, an impairment charge is recognized to reduce the carrying value of the customer merchant account to its estimated fair value. The determination of future cash flows as well as the estimated fair value of customer merchant accounts involves significant estimates on the part of management.

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Other real-estate owned (included in Prepaid expenses and other assets)

The estimated fair value of other real-estate owned is calculated using observable market information, including bids from prospective purchasers and pricing from similar market transactions where available. The value is generally discounted between 20-25% based on market valuations as well as expenses associated with securing our interests. Where bid information is not available for a specific property, the valuation is principally based upon recent transaction prices for similar properties that have been sold. These comparable properties share comparable demographic characteristics. Other real estate owned is generally classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.

NOTE 4—CREDITS IN LIEU OF CASH:

As discussed in Note 3, the Company adopted fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities concurrent with its adoption of fair value accounting for certain of its assets and liabilities. As a result, credits in lieu of cash are valued at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. Following is a summary of the credits in lieu of cash balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 35,494      $ 51,947   

Add: Income from tax credit accretion (at fair value)

     1,390        2,380   

Less: Deliveries made

     (19,482     (21,181

Fair value adjustment

     (454     2,348   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 16,948      $ 35,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 5—SBA LOANS:

SBA loans are primarily concentrated in the hotel and motel, and restaurant industries, as well as geographically in New York and Florida. On October 1, 2010, the Company elected to utilize the fair value option for SBA loans funded on or after that date creating a new loan pool, SBA loans held for investment, at fair value. The components of SBA loans held for investment, at fair value as of December 31, 2011 and SBA loans held for investment, net, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011
Fair Value
    2011
Cost Basis
    2010
Fair Value
    2010
Cost Basis
 

Gross loans receivable

   $ 24,535      $ 22,836      $ 2,595      $ 28,804   

Less: Allowance for loan losses

     —          (2,900 )     —          (3,560

Less: Deferred origination fees, net

     —          (1,381 )     —          (1,502

Less: Fair value adjustment

     (2,678     —          (285 )     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 21,857      $ 18,555      $ 2,310      $ 23,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The contractual maturities of SBA loans held for investment are as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011
Fair Value
     2011
Cost Basis
     2010
Fair Value
     2010
Cost Basis
 

Due in one year or less

   $ —         $ 1,033       $ —         $ 11   

Due between one and five years

     —           3,390         —           3,895   

Due after five years

     24,535         18,413         2,595         24,898   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans receivable, gross

   $ 24,535       $ 22,836       $ 2,595       $ 28,804   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

All loans are priced at the Prime interest rate plus approximately 2.75% to 3.75%. The only loans with a fixed interest rate are defaulted loans of which the guaranteed portion sold is repurchased from the secondary market by the SBA, while the unguaranteed portion of the loans still remains with the Company. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, net SBA loans receivable held for investment with adjustable interest rates totaled $40,475,000 and $23,306,000, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company funded $97,129,000 and $65,855,000 in loans and transferred approximately $73,871,000 and $57,517,000 of the guaranteed portion of the loans, respectively. Receivables from loans transferred but not settled of $4,911,000 and $12,058,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, are presented as broker receivable in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

 

F-25


Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2011, $5,950,000 of the guaranteed portion of SBA loans and $12,578,000 of the unguaranteed portion of SBA loans collateralized the current outstanding balance on the Company’s line of credit with Capital One and $34,834,000 of the unguaranteed portions of SBA loans transferred via our securitization transaction collateralized the notes issued by the Trust.

The outstanding balances of loans past due over 90 days and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 totaled $516,000 and $535,000 respectively.

Loans by industry and geographic concentration that accounted for more than 5% of the outstanding gross loans receivable held for investment balance as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 were as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Industry

    

Restaurants

   $ 2,256   $ 3,103   

Hotels and motels

     2,093     2,905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

State

    

Florida

   $ 7,136      $ 6,689   

New York

     5,618        3,930   

California

     4,170        1,441

New Jersey

     3,362        2,510   

Texas

     3,303        2,166   

Georgia

     3,007        5,396   

Louisiana

     2,506        472

Illinois

     1,668     2,772   

 

(*) Amounts shown for comparative purposes and represent less than 5%.

Below is a summary of the activity in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 3,559      $ 3,985   

Provision for loan losses

     763        1,909   

Loans charged-off

     (1,444     (2,421

Recoveries

     22        86   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 2,900      $ 3,559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, total impaired non-accrual loans amounted to $6,978,000 and $8,329,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, average balance of impaired non-accrual loans was $7,995,000 and $8,404,000, respectively. Approximately $2,428,000 and $2,516,000 of the allowance for loan losses were allocated against such impaired non-accrual loans, respectively. None of these loans were on a fair value basis.

Had interest on these impaired non-accrual loans been accrued, such interest would have totaled $490,000 and $519,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. Interest income, which is recognized on a cash basis, related to the impaired non-accrual loans for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was not material.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

NOTE 6—ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE:

Accounts receivable consists of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

 

     2011     2010  

Purchased receivables

   $ 7,236      $ 7,757   

Electronic payment processing settlement receivables

     2,379        1,689   

Customer receivables

     1,153        709   

Other receivables

     33        28   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     10,801        10,183   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (308     (193
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 10,493      $ 9,990   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 7—INVESTMENTS IN QUALIFIED BUSINESSES:

The following table is a summary of investments included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011, shown separately between their debt and equity components, and a summary of the activity for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

HELD TO MATURITY DEBT INVESTMENTS

 

Name of Investment

   Original
Amount
     Balance at
December  31,
2011
     Interest Rate     Maturity
Date
 

Bidco Loan - AmeriMed

   $ 200       $ 13         4.25     August 2016   

 

     2011     2010  

Principal outstanding, beginning of year

   $ 260      $ 493   

Return of principal, net of recoveries

     (247     (228

Debt investment written off

     —          (5
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Principal outstanding, end of year

   $ 13      $ 260   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EQUITY INVESTMENTS

 

Name of Investment

   Original
Amount
            Balance at
December  31,
2011
       Ownership %  

OnLAN, LLC

   $ 800            $ 131           49

 

     2011           2010  

Total equity investments, beginning of year

   $ 105          $ —     

Cumulative effect adjustment

     —              99   

Equity in earnings

     26            6   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total equity investments, end of year

   $ 131          $ 105   
  

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

F-27


Table of Contents

In 2010, the Company reassessed its 49% investment in OnLAN pursuant to ASC Topic 810-10 and determined that the Company does not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact OnLAN’s economic performance. As such, in 2010, the Company deconsolidated OnLAN and recognized a cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit of $99,000 to reclass the portion of OnLAN’s accumulated deficit related to its majority owner.

The Company has not guaranteed any obligation of these investees, and the Company is not otherwise committed to provide further financial support for the investees. However, from time-to-time, the Company may decide to provide such additional financial support which, as of December 31, 2011 was zero. Should the Company determine that impairment exists upon its periodic review, and it is deemed to be other than temporary, the Company will write down the recorded value of the asset to its estimated fair value and record a corresponding charge in the consolidated statements of operations. During 2011, the Company received $247,000 in principal repayments on its debt investments. During 2010 the Company recorded a write down of $505,000 as one debt investment and a cost investment was deemed impaired upon periodic review and is included in other general and administrative costs in the consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 8—SERVICING ASSETS:

The Company reviews capitalized servicing rights for impairment. This review is performed based on risk strata, which are determined on a disaggregated basis given the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The predominant risk characteristics are loan terms and year of loan origination.

The following summarizes the activity pertaining to servicing assets for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,225      $ 2,436   

Servicing assets capitalized

     1,971        439   

Servicing assets amortized

     (776     (650
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 3,420      $ 2,225   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, servicing fees received on the Company’s SBA 7(a) originated portfolio totaled $1,629,000, $1,785,000 and $1,498,000, respectively. The Company also performs servicing functions on loans originated by other SBA lenders. The Company does not retain any risk on such portfolios and earns servicing fees based upon a mutually negotiated fee per loan. The total servicing fee income recognized for loans serviced for others in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1,466,000, $784,000 and $126,000, respectively. The estimated fair value of capitalized servicing rights was $3,420,000 and $2,225,000 at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The estimated fair value of servicing assets at December 31, 2011 was determined using a discount rate of 14%, weighted average prepayment speeds ranging from 1% to 12%, depending upon certain characteristics of the loan portfolio, weighted average life of 3.94 years, and an average default rate of 6%. The estimated fair value of servicing assets at December 31, 2010 was determined using a discount rate of 17%, weighted average prepayment speeds ranging from 1% to 11%, depending upon certain characteristics of the loan portfolio, weighted average life of 3.55 years, and an average default rate of 7%. The Company uses an independent valuation specialist to estimate the fair value of the servicing asset.

The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others are not included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others within the NSBF originated portfolio were $286,113,000 and $179,894,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The unpaid principal balances of loans serviced for others which were not originated by NSBF and are outside of the Newtek portfolio were $136,971,000 and $73,062,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

NOTE 9—FIXED ASSETS:

The Company’s fixed assets are comprised of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Computer and office equipment

   $ 3,767      $ 3,361   

Furniture and fixtures

     675        640   

Leasehold improvements

     409        422   

Computer software and website

     3,706        3,371   

Computer servers and storage

     10,759        10,135   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     19,316        17,929   

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (16,463     (14,719
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fixed assets

   $ 2,853      $ 3,210   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense for fixed assets for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1,816,000, $2,451,000 and $2,893,000, respectively.

Included in computer software and website are certain costs associated with internally developed software. The following table summarizes the activity for capitalized software development costs for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 2,912      $ 2,616   

Additions

     323        296   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

     3,235        2,912   

Less: accumulated amortization

     (2,629     (2,315
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Software development costs, net

   $ 606      $ 597   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

NOTE 10—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLES:

The net carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 by segment is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Electronic Payment Processing

   $ 3,004       $ 3,004   

Web hosting

     7,203         7,203   

Corporate activities

     179         179   

Small business finance

     1,706         1,706   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill

   $ 12,092       $ 12,092   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other intangible assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Customer merchant accounts

   $ 14,096      $ 14,067   

Trade name (indefinite lived)

     550        550   

Non-compete agreements

     —          10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     14,646        14,627   

Accumulated amortization

     (13,226     (11,874
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net intangible assets

   $ 1,420      $ 2,753   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Customer merchant accounts are being amortized over a 55 to 66 month period. Other intangibles (excluding the trade name which has an indefinite life and is subject to impairment review) are being amortized over a period ranging from 18 to 36 months. Total amortization expense included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $1,363,000, $1,582,000 and $2,171,000, respectively.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

Total expected amortization expense for the next five fiscal years is as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   Customer
Accounts
 

2012

   $ 618   

2013

     201   

2014

     35   

2015

     8   

2016

     2   
  

 

 

 
   $ 864   
  

 

 

 

Based upon the Company’s performance of the impairment tests using the fair value approach of the discounted cash flow method, the Company determined that goodwill was not impaired for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. For the year ended December 31, 2011, there was no impairment related to its customer merchant accounts; for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, impairments recorded totaled $25,000 and $126,000, respectively, and are included in depreciation and amortization in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

NOTE 11—ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES:

The following table details the components of accounts payable and accrued expenses at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Due to clients (a)

   $ 2,555       $ 2,057   

Due to participants and SBA (b)

     1,994         1,062   

Accrued payroll and related expenses

     2,015         1,680   

Deferred rent

     1,616         1,025   

Deposits and reserves

     1,420         1,095   

Residuals and commissions payable

     1,118         845   

Current tax payable

     857         132   

Other

     2,621         2,425   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

   $ 14,196       $ 10,321   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(a) Composed primarily of client holdbacks at CDS which represents the difference between the receivables the Company purchases less the actual amount the Company releases to the client, net of the discount fee and other miscellaneous fees charged to the client.
(b) Primarily represents loan related remittances received by NSBF, and due to third parties; amounts also classified as restricted cash.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

NOTE 12—NOTES PAYABLE:

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had long-term debt outstanding comprised of the following (in thousands):

 

     2011      2010  

Bank notes payable:

     

Capital One lines of credit (NSBF)

     

Guaranteed line

   $ 5,355       $ 6,000   

Unguaranteed line

     3,009         —     

Sterling National bank line of credit (CDS)

     3,777         —     

Capital One term loan (NTS)

     1,424         1,840   

Wells Fargo line of credit (CDS)

     —           5,109   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total bank notes payable:

     13,565         12,949   

Note payable – Securitization trust

     26,368         15,104   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total notes payable

   $ 39,933       $ 28,053   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

NBC had a $10,000,000 line of credit with Wells Fargo (“Wells”) due in February 2012. This facility was used to purchase receivables and for other working capital purposes. In February 2011, NBC entered into a three year line of credit with Sterling National Bank (“Sterling”) in an amount up to $10,000,000. This facility paid off the Wells line of credit and is and will be used to purchase receivables and for other working capital purposes.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, NBC had $3,777,000 and $5,109,000 outstanding under the lines of credit. The Sterling interest rate is set at 5.00% or Prime plus 2.00%, whichever is higher, with interest on the line to be paid monthly in arrears. The line is and will be collateralized by the receivables purchased, as well as all other assets of NBC. The line is guaranteed by the Company; in addition, the Company deposited $750,000 with Sterling to collateralize the guarantee. The agreement includes such financial covenants as minimum tangible net worth and maximum leverage ratio. The Company is subject to meeting a maximum leverage ratio test and a future net loss test. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants set in this line.

The Wells interest rate was set at 7.50% or Prime plus 2.50%, whichever was higher, with interest on the line paid monthly in arrears and on a minimum outstanding line balance of $2,000,000. Under the terms of the line, once NBC exceeded $2,000,000 outstanding under the line of credit, Wells Fargo allowed for two alternatives for interest rates, the Prime interest rate plus 2.50%, with a minimum of 7.50% or Base LIBOR plus 3.50%. Total interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $283,000, $258,000 and $186,000, respectively. The average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 6.26%. Through December 31, 2011, NBC has capitalized $107,000 of deferred financing costs attributable to the Sterling line of which $29,000 has been amortized. The net balance of $78,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. Amortization for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $57,000, $24,000 and $24,000, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

In October 2007, NTS entered into a Loan and Security Agreement with Capital One which provided for a revolving credit facility of up to $10,000,000 available to both NTS and the Company, for a term of two years. The interest rate was LIBOR plus 2.5% and the agreement included a quarterly facility fee equal to 25 basis points on the unused portion of the Revolving Credit calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter. The agreement included such financial covenants as a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum funded debt to EBITDA. NTS capitalized $65,000 of deferred financing costs attributable to the Capital One line. In connection with the loan, on October 19, 2007 Newtek Business Services, Inc. entered into a Guaranty of Payment and Performance with Capital One Bank and entered into a Pledge Agreement with Capital One pledging all NTS stock as collateral. In October 2009, the $2,500,000 borrowed under the Capital One line of credit converted to a three year term loan with a level principal repayment under the terms of the line of credit.

In April 2010, the Company closed two five-year term loans aggregating $14,583,000 with Capital One of which $12,500,000 refinanced Newtek Small Business Finance’s debt to General Electric Commercial Capital (“GE”) and $2,083,000 refinanced the pre-existing term loan between Capital One and NTS. The interest rate on the 2010 NTS term loan is variable based on the monthly LIBOR rate plus 4.25% or Prime plus 2.25%, but no lower than 5.75%. The agreement includes such financial covenants as a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and minimum EBITDA; the Company guarantees the term loan. The balance of the NTS term

 

F-31


Table of Contents

loan and the predecessor NTS term loan are included in notes payable on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $1,424,000 and $1,840,000 of the note was outstanding, respectively. The weighted average effective interest rate at December 31, 2011 was 5.75%. Interest is paid in arrears along with each monthly principal payment due. Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $94,000, $101,000 and $99,000, respectively. Amortization associated with the deferred financing costs attributable to the Capital One line and term loans for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $9,000, $6,000 and $25,000, respectively, and is included in interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The refinancing to NSBF supported the lending operations of NSBF by providing working capital. The interest rate on the note was set at Prime plus 2.25% or LIBOR plus 4.25%, not less than 5.75%. Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $435,000. In connection with the refinancing, the Company incurred $329,000 of deferred financing costs which was amortized into interest expense over a five year period. In December 2010, in connection with the securitization of the NSBF unguaranteed portfolio, the remaining principal balance under this term note of $9,903,000 was paid in full and the balance of the deferred financing costs of $289,000 was fully amortized.

Also in December 2010, NSBF entered into a revolving credit facility with Capital One N.A. for $6,000,000 collateralized by the guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans originated. Upon meeting certain requirements, NSBF has the right to increase the maximum amount under the facility by $6,000,000 which was exercised in March 2011. The credit facility is used to fund those portions of SBA 7(a) loans made by NSBF that are guaranteed by the SBA, with funds received on the sale of those guaranteed portions of the SBA 7(a) loans by NSBF reducing the facility. In June 2011, NSBF obtained from Capital One an increase in its total revolving credit facility from $12,000,000 to $27,000,000. In October 2011, the term of the revolver was extended by nine months through September 2013, at which time the outstanding balance will be converted into a three year term loan. This increase in the line will enable the Company to finance both the government-guaranteed and non-guaranteed portions of SBA 7(a) loans. As of December 31, 2011, NSBF had $8,364,000 outstanding under the lines of credit. The interest rate on the $12,000,000 portion of the facility, collateralized by the government guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, is set at Prime plus 1.00%, and there is a quarterly facility fee equal to 25 basis points on the unused portion of the revolving credit calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter. The interest rate on the $15,000,000 portion of the facility, collateralized by the non-guaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, is set at Prime plus 1.875%, and there is a quarterly facility fee equal to 25 basis points on the unused portion of the revolving credit calculated as of the end of each calendar quarter. The agreement includes financial covenants at the NBS level with its consolidated subsidiaries including a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, minimum EBITDA requirements and minimum cash requirements held at Capital One. As of December 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the financial covenants set in this line.

Total interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $376,000 and $6,000, respectively. Through December 31, 2011, NSBF has capitalized $398,000 of deferred financing costs attributable to the credit line of which $119,000 has been amortized. The balance of $279,000 is included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

In December 2010, NSBF engaged in a securitization of the unguaranteed portions of its SBA 7(a) loans. In the securitization, it used a special purpose entity (Newtek Small Business Loan Trust 2010-1 or the “Trust”) which is a VIE. Applying the consolidation requirements for VIEs under the accounting rules in ASC Topic 860, Transfers and Servicing, and ASC Topic 810, Consolidation, which became effective January 1, 2010, the Company determined that as the primary beneficiary of the securitization vehicle, based on its power to direct activities through its role as servicer for the Trust and its obligation to absorb losses and right to receive benefits, it needed to consolidate the securitization into its financial statements. NSBF therefore consolidated the entity using the carrying amounts of the Trust’s assets and liabilities: NSBF continues to recognize the assets in loans held for investment and recognize the associated financing in Bank notes payable.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, NSBF transferred SBA loans held for investment of $19,615,000, and agreed to transfer $3,000,000 of future SBA loans held for investment when originated, to the Trust which in turn issued notes for the par amount of $16,000,000 against the assets. The notes were sold at a dollar price that resulted in gross proceeds before reserve accounts and transaction expenses of $15,392,000. Deferred financing costs totaled $883,000 and are included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2010, the assets (before reserve for loan losses and discount) and liabilities of the consolidated Trust totaled $22,486,000 and $15,104,000 respectively. See Note 5 – SBA loans, above, for a description of the loans and loan balances.

 

F-32


Table of Contents

In December 2011, NSBF entered into a Supplemental Indenture by which the original $16,000,000 of securitization notes were amended to reflect a new initial principal amount of $12,880,000 as a result of principal payments made, and additional notes were issued in an initial principal amount of $14,899,000, so that the initial aggregate principal amount of all notes as of December 31, 2011 totaled $27,779,000. The notes are backed by approximately $40,500,000 of the unguaranteed portions of loans originated and to be originated by NSBF under the SBA loan program. The notes retained their AA rating under S&P, and the final maturity date of the amended notes is March 22, 2037. The initial proceeds of the transaction were used to repay debt, and the balance of the $5,000,000 prefunding account will be used to originate new loans. Deferred financing costs total $1,388,000 at December 31, 2011 of which $177,000 has been amortized. The balance of $1,211,000 is included in prepaid expenses and other assets on the consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011, the assets (before reserve for loan losses and discount) and liabilities of the consolidated Trust totaled $43,154,000 and $26,368,000 respectively.

The Trust is only permitted to purchase the unguaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans, issue asset-backed securities, and make payments on the securities. The Trust only issued a single series of securities to pay for the unguaranteed portions it acquired from NSBF and will be dissolved when those securities have been paid in full. The primary source for repayment of the debt is the cash flows generated from the unguaranteed portion of SBA 7(a) loans owned by the Trust; principal on the debt will be paid by cash flow in excess of that needed to pay various fees related to the operation of the Trust and interest on the debt. The debt has an expected maturity of about five years based on the expected performance of the underlying collateral and structure of the debt and a legal maturity of 30 years from the date of issuance. The assets of the Trust are legally isolated and are not available to pay NSBF’s creditors. However, NSBF continues to retain rights to cash reserves and residual interests in the Trust and will receive servicing income. For bankruptcy analysis purposes, NSBF sold the unguaranteed portions to the Trust in a true sale and the Trust is a separate legal entity. The investors and the Trusts have no recourse to any of NSBF’s other assets for failure of debtors to pay when due; however, NSBF’s parent, Newtek, has provided a limited guaranty to the investors in the Trust in an amount not to exceed 10% of the original issuance amount (or $2,778,000), to be used after all of the assets of the Trust have been exhausted. The notes were issued with a AA rating from S&P based on the underlying collateral.

Total expected principal repayments for the next five fiscal years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

December 31,

   Notes Payable  

2012

   $ 417   

2013

     6,023   

2014

     5,197   

2015

     1,176   

2016

     752   

Thereafter

     26,368   
  

 

 

 
   $ 39,933   
  

 

 

 

NOTE 13—NOTES PAYABLE IN CREDITS IN LIEU OF CASH:

Each Capco has separate contractual arrangements with the Certified Investors obligating the Capco to make payments on the Notes.

At the time the Capcos obtained the proceeds from the issuance of the Notes, Capco warrants or Company common shares to the Certified Investors, the proceeds were deposited into escrow accounts which required that the insurance contracts be concurrently and simultaneously purchased from the insurer before the remaining proceeds could be released to and utilized by the Capco. The Capco Note agreements require, as a condition precedent to the funding of the Notes that insurance be purchased to cover the risks associated with the operation of the Capco. This insurance is purchased from Chartis Specialty Insurance Company and National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, both subsidiaries of Chartis, Inc. (Chartis), an international insurer. Chartis and these subsidiaries are “A+” credit rated by S&P. In order to comply with this condition precedent to the funding, the Notes closing is structured as follows: (1) the Certified Investors wire the proceeds from the Notes issuance directly into an escrow account; (2) the escrow agent, pursuant to the requirements under the Note and escrow agreement, automatically and simultaneously funds the purchase of the insurance contract from the proceeds received. The Notes offering cannot close without the purchase of the insurance, and the Capcos are not entitled to the use and benefit of the net proceeds received until the escrow agent has completed the payment for the insurance. Under the terms of this insurance, the insurer incurs the primary obligation to repay the Certified Investors a substantial portion of the debt as well as to make compensatory payments in the event of a loss of the availability of the related tax credits. The Coverage A portion of these contracts makes the insurer primarily obligated for a portion of the liability.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The Capcos, however, are secondarily, or contingently, liable for such payments. The Capco, as a secondary obligor, must assess whether it has a contingency to record on the date of issuance and at every reporting date thereafter until the insurer makes all their required payments. As of December 31, 2011, the insurer has made all of the scheduled cash payments under Coverage A, therefore the contingent liability of the Company has been extinguished.

The Coverage B portion of these contracts provides for the payment of cash in lieu of tax credits in the event the Capco becomes decertified. The Capcos remain primarily liable for the requirement to deliver tax credits (or make cash payments in lieu of tax credits not delivered).

Although Coverage B protects the Certified Investors as described above, the Company remains primarily liable for the portion of this obligation. This liability has been recorded as notes payable in credits in lieu of cash, representing the present value of the Capcos’ total liability it must pay to the Certified Investors. Such amount will be increased by an accretion of interest expense during the term of the Notes and will decrease as the Capcos pay interest by delivering the tax credits, or paying cash.

As discussed in Note 3, the Company adopted fair value option for financial assets and liabilities concurrent with its adoption fair value accounting effective January 1, 2008 for valuing Notes payable in lieu of cash with the exception of Wilshire Advisers, LLC. Following is a summary of activity of Notes payable in credits in lieu of cash balance for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Balance, beginning of year

   $ 35,494      $ 51,947   

Add: Accretion of interest expense

     1,390        2,418   

Less: Deliveries of tax credits

     (19,482     (21,181

Fair value adjustment

     (454     2,310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of year

   $ 16,948      $ 35,494   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Under the Note agreements, no interest is paid by the Capcos in cash provided that the Certified Investors receive the uninterrupted use of the tax credits. The Certified Investors acknowledge, in the Note agreements, that the insurer is primarily responsible for making the scheduled cash payments as provided in the Notes.

NOTE 14—NON-CONTROLLING INTERESTS:

The non-controlling interests held by the investees in the form of warrants entitle the holders to purchase, for a $0.01 exercise price, an interest in a Capco or Capco fund. The values ascribed to the warrants issued to the Certified Investors and the Insurer have been recorded as non-controlling interests. In addition, certain non-controlling interests have already been acquired by minority stockholders. A portion of the initial proceeds received from the Certified Investors is allocated to the warrants using a discounted cash flow method. The following is the aggregate percentage interest of the non-controlling stockholders in each respective Capco or Capco fund as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

Capco or Capco Fund

   % Interest     2011      2010  

WP, Florida

     0.80   $ 330       $ 328   

WLA, Louisiana

     3.78     9         9   

WAP, Alabama

     0.60     9         13   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total Capco

       348         350   

WNYIV, New York

     —          769         763   

Other

     —          63         196   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     $ 1,180       $ 1,309   
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

During 2010, unexercised warrants that had entitled holders to interests in five Capcos expired. As a result, the non-controlling interest balance as of the expiration date, approximately $452,000, was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

As the result of a statutory merger and acquisition during the 2010, the Company acquired 26% of the non-controlling interest in NBC for approximately $26,000. As a result, the excess of the value of the purchase price over the non-controlling interest balance at the date of purchase, approximately $216,000, was recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital.

The non-controlling interest under WNYIV relates to NBC, a subsidiary of WNYIV, which had converted $1,000,000 of debt payable to Exponential of New York, LLC, a related party, to preferred stock in 2007.

NOTE 15—COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

Operating and Employment Commitments

The Company leases office space and other office equipment in several states under operating lease agreements which expire at various dates through 2019. Those office space leases which are for more than one year generally contain scheduled rent increases or escalation clauses.

The following summarizes the Company’s obligations and commitments, as of December 31, 2011, for future minimum cash payments required under operating lease and employment agreements (in thousands):

 

Year

   Operating
Leases *
     Employment
Agreements
     Total  

2012

   $ 3,816       $ 295       $ 4,111   

2013

     3,064         —           3,064   

2014

     2,223         —           2,223   

2015

     1,172         —           1,172   

2016

     344         —           344   

Thereafter

     758         —           758   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 11,377       $ 295       $ 11,672   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

* Minimum payments have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $3,353,000 due in the future under non-cancelable subleases.

Rent expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $3,748,000, $2,971,000 and $3,023,000, respectively.

Under the terms of a service agreement between Universal Processing Services of WI (d/b/a Newtek Merchant Solutions of WI, “NMS-WI”), its merchant processor and a sponsoring bank, NMS-WI is required to pay minimum fees during each 12-month period, as defined in the service agreement, to the merchant processor and sponsoring bank. The minimum fees for the 12-month period ending November 30, 2011, are to be equal to at least $1,500,000 and in future years equal to at least 95% of the fees paid during the preceding 12-month period or $1,500,000, which ever amount is greater. The Company’s fee payments for the 12-month period ended November 30, 2011, exceeded the minimum required amount under the agreement.

Legal Matters

In the ordinary course of business, the Company may from time to time be party to lawsuits and claims. The Company evaluates such matters on a case by case basis and its policy is to contest vigorously any claims it believes are without compelling merit. The Company is currently involved in various litigation matters. Management has reviewed all legal claims against the Company with counsel and has taken into consideration the views of such counsel, as to the outcome of the claims, and on that basis the Company has determined that it is “reasonably possible” that claims will result in a loss in the near term which it estimates to be between $100,000 and $500,000.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

NOTE 16—TREASURY STOCK:

Shares of common stock repurchased by us are recorded at cost as treasury stock and result in a reduction of equity in our consolidated balance sheet. From time-to-time, treasury shares may be reissued as part of our stock-based compensation programs. When shares are reissued, we use the weighted average cost method for determining cost. The difference between the cost of the shares and the issuance price is added or deducted from additional contributed capital.

In November 2011, the Newtek Board of Directors adopted a stock buy-back program authorizing management to enter the market to re-purchase up to 1,000,000 of the Company’s common shares. This 1,000,000 share authorization replaces the unexercised portions of two previous authorizations and will terminate in one year. As of December 31, 2011, the Company has purchased a total of 13,419 treasury shares under this authorization. Total shares repurchased under all three authorizations aggregated 659,035 as of December 31, 2011. In 2011, the Company reissued 50,868 shares in connection with the Company’s 401k match program. In addition, 472,814 shares that were held by an affiliate were issued to the Company in 2008 as settlement of an outstanding liability and are being held as treasury shares.

NOTE 17—INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE:

Basic income (loss) per share is computed based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. The dilutive effect of common share equivalents is included in the calculation of diluted income (loss) per share only when the effect of their inclusion would be dilutive (In thousands, except for per share data).

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  

The calculations of Net Income (Loss) Per Share were:

   2011      2010      2009  

Numerator:

        

Numerator for basic and diluted EPS—income (loss) available to common stockholders

   $ 3,481       $ 1,439       $ (429
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator:

        

Denominator for basic EPS—weighted average shares

     35,706         35,655         35,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Denominator for diluted EPS—weighted average shares

     36,073         35,801         35,644   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share: Basic and diluted

   $ 0.10       $ 0.04       $ (0.01
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

The amount of anti-dilutive shares/units excluded from above is as follows (in thousands):

 

     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,  
     2011      2010      2009  

Stock options

     856         888         1,484   

Warrants

     50         50         50   

Contingently issuable shares

     83         83         83   

NOTE 18—INCOME FROM TAX CREDITS:

Each Capco has a contractual arrangement with a particular state or jurisdiction that legally entitles the Capco to earn and deliver tax credits (ranging from 4% to 11% per year) from the state or jurisdiction upon satisfying certain criteria. In fiscal 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized income from tax credits resulting from the accretion of the discount attributable to tax credits earned in prior years. As the tax credits are delivered to the Certified Investors, the asset balance is offset against notes payable in credits in lieu of cash. As discussed in Note 3, the Company adopted fair value accounting concurrently with the adoption of fair value option for financial assets and financial liabilities on January 1, 2008 to value its credits in lieu of cash balance. As a result, the income from tax credit accretion for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 has been recorded at fair value. The total income from tax credits recognized in revenues in the consolidated statements of operations was $1,390,000, $2,380,000 and $7,837,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

F-36


Table of Contents

NOTE 19—INCOME TAXES:

(Benefit) provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010     2009  

Current:

      

Federal

   $ 415     $ —        $ (492

State and local

     1,263        130        (236
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     1,678        130        (728
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred:

      

Federal

     (2,359     (466     (1,585

State and local

     (416     (82     (280
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     (2,775     (548     (1,865
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit for income taxes

   $ (1,097   $ (418   $ (2,593
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (34%) to the benefit for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 is as follows (in thousands):

 

     2011
Benefit
    2010
Benefit
    2009
Benefit
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate of 34%

   $ 772      $ 298      $ (1,361

State and local taxes, net of federal benefit

     748        195        (404

Permanent differences

     (80     (84     189   

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance (decrease) increase

     (3,056     (670     (990

Other

     519        (157     (27
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total benefit for income taxes

   $ (1,097   $ (418   $ (2,593
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following at December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     2011     2010  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating losses and capital losses

   $ 3,749      $ 10,923   

Prepaid insurance

     813        1,398   

Loan loss reserves and discounts

     1,051        468   

Flow through of deferred items from investments in qualified businesses

     619        651   

Deferred compensation

     347        285   

Book / tax gains on investments

     257        229   

Interest payable in credits in lieu of cash

     1,611        1,998   

Depreciation and amortization

     1,993        1,874   

Other

     1,488        905   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

     11,928        18,731   

Less: Valuation allowance

     (3,169     (6,375
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     8,759        12,356   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Credits in lieu of cash

     (8,122     (15,358

Deferred income

     (565     —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     (8,687     (15,358
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax asset (liability)

   $ 72      $ (3,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had NOLs of approximately $6,823,000 which will begin to expire in 2020 and $2,549,000 of capital losses which will begin expiring in 2013. In addition, the Company has available an Alternative Minimum Tax credit carryforward for tax purposes of approximately $384,000 which may be used indefinitely to reduce regular federal income taxes.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

Realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent on generating sufficient taxable income in future years. The Company has a valuation allowance of approximately $3,169,000 and $6,375,000 as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Of the amount, $921,000 and $4,129,000, respectively, is related to deferred tax assets at NSBF and can only be used to offset future taxable income at NSBF. The reduction in the valuation allowance is based on the Company concluding that it is more likely than not that the remaining NOLs and deferred tax assets will be used to offset future taxable income based on NSBF’s profitability in 2011 and 2010, as well as future expected earnings. The $921,000 remaining valuation allowance at NSBF is attributable to Section 382 NOLs which were created in 2003 and are carried forward twenty years. Since the Company can only use a portion of that NOL each year (or $255,750 per year), the Company can only reasonably determine it is more likely than not that the remaining Section 382 NOL would be used in 2012 and 2013 which is consistent with the term of the Company’s current Capital One line of credit, which is used to finance this business. Without financing, the Company cannot determine at a more likely than not basis that the Company will have taxable income.

NBC has a valuation allowance of approximately $1,055,000 and $1,065,000, respectively of the 2011 and 2010 deferred tax assets which can only be used to offset future taxable income at NBC. The decrease is due to the 2011 taxable income generated at NBC in 2011. The Company ultimately believes it will utilize the NBC NOLs, but there has not been subjective evidence to date to allow the Company to do so.

The remaining valuation allowance of approximately $1,193,000 and $1,195,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, includes other assets, NOLs and capital losses that the Company believes it will ultimately be able to recognize but does not currently have sufficient positive evidence to be able to use at this time.

The Company analyzed its tax positions taken on their Federal and State tax returns for the open tax years 2008, 2009 and 2010. The Company used three levels of analysis in determining whether any uncertainties existed with respect to these positions. The first level consisted of an analysis of the technical merits of the position, past administrative practices and precedents, industry norms and historical audit outcome. The second level of analysis was used to determine if the threshold (more than 50%) was met for the tax filing position. The third level of analysis consisted of determining the probable outcome once it was determined that the threshold was met for the tax filing position. Based on our analysis, the Company determined that there were no uncertain tax positions and that the Company should prevail upon examination by the taxing authorities.

The Company’s operations have been extended to other jurisdictions. This extension involves dealing with uncertainties and judgments in the application of tax regulations in these jurisdictions. The final resolution of any tax liabilities are dependent upon factors including negotiations with taxing authorities in these jurisdictions and resolution of disputes arising from federal, state and local tax audits. The Company recognizes potential liabilities associated with anticipated tax audit issues that may arise during an examination. Interest and penalties that are anticipated to be due upon examination are recognized as accrued interest and other liabilities with an offset to interest and other expense. The Company determined that there were no uncertainties with respect to the application of tax regulations in these jurisdictions.

NOTE 20—LEASE RESTRUCTURING CHARGES:

The Company relocated its corporate and lending facility to two smaller spaces in order to reduce its expense and improve its cash flows. Simultaneous with this relocation, on November 1, 2011, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with respect to its offices located at 1440 Broadway, New York, NY. The Company continues to remain obligated under the terms of the original lease. Based on the remaining obligation of the original lease and the estimated sublet income, the Company recorded a pretax charge to earnings of approximately $990,000 upon the cease-use date representing the present value of the amount by which the rent and other direct costs paid by the Company to the landlord exceeds any rent paid to the Company by its tenant under the new sublease over the remainder of the lease term, which expires in October 2015.

 

F-38


Table of Contents

NOTE 21—BENEFIT PLANS:

Defined Contribution Plan

The Company’s employees participate in a defined contribution 401(k) plan (the “Plan”) adopted in 2004 which covers substantially all employees based on eligibility. The Plan is designed to encourage savings on the part of eligible employees and qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the Plan, eligible employees may elect to have a portion of their pay, including overtime and bonuses, reduced each pay period, as pre-tax contributions up to the maximum allowed by law. The Company may elect to make a matching contribution equal to a specified percentage of the participant’s contribution, on their behalf as a pre-tax contribution. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company matched 50% of the first 2% of employee contributions.

NOTE 22—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS:

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, the Company provided merchant processing for a company controlled by the father-in-law of a major stockholder and former President of the Company, in the approximate amount of $48,000, $42,000 and $38,000, respectively. In connection with these transactions, the Company recorded a $3,000 receivable at both December 31, 2011 and 2010.

A major stockholder of the Company earns gross residual payments on merchant processing revenue he generates for the Company, a portion of which is then paid to his support staff for their efforts. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company paid him gross residuals of approximately $1,649,000, $1,180,000 and $532,000, respectively. As a result of these transactions, the Company had a receivable of $14,000 at December 31, 2010. There was no corresponding receivable recorded at December 31, 2011.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company employed the brother, sister-in-law and nephew of a major stockholder of the Company, and incurred combined wages and benefits expense totaling approximately $210,000 and $154,000, respectively.

During the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company contracted with PMTWorks, LLC for payroll related services. Certain owners of PMTWorks, LLC also own non-controlling interest in Newtek Payroll Services, LLC, a consolidated VIE. PMTWorks, LLC provided services including operational, administrative, customer support, technical, risk management, sales and marketing and other services in order to assist Newtek Payroll Services, LLC in conducting payroll processing, tax filing, human resource information services, benefits administration, time and labor management and related ancillary business services. The Company paid $28,000 and $67,500 for these services for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company provided merchant processing for a company who had a board member that was also a former board member of the Company. Total revenue for the year 2009 was approximately $6,000.

The Company may also, from time to time, provide business services to family members or executives of the Company. These transactions are conducted at arm’s length and do not represent a material portion of the Company’s revenues.

NOTE 23—STOCK OPTIONS AND RESTRICTED STOCK GRANTED TO EMPLOYEES:

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had three share-based compensation plans, which are described below. The compensation cost that has been charged against operations for those plans was $480,000, $81,000 and $132,000 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and is included in salaries and benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The Newtek Business Services, Inc. 2000 Stock Incentive and Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended, (the “2000 Plan”) currently provides for the issuance of awards of restricted shares for up to a maximum of 4,250,000 common shares to employees and non-employees. The issuance of options under this Plan expired on December 31, 2009. All restricted shares or previously granted options are issued at the fair value on the date of grant. Options issued generally have a maximum term that ranges from 2 to 10 years and vesting provisions that range from 0 to 3 years. As of December 31, 2011, there are 2,144,000 shares available for future grant under this plan.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

The Newtek Business Services, Inc. 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended, (the “2003 Plan”) currently provides for the issuance of awards of restricted shares or options for up to a maximum of 1,000,000 common shares to employees and non-employees. All restricted shares or options are issued at the fair value on the date of grant. Options issued generally have a maximum term that ranges from 2 to 10 years and vesting provisions that range from 0 to 3 years. As of December 31, 2011, there are 623,000 shares available for future grant under this plan.

The Newtek Business Services, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan, (the “2010 Plan”) currently provides for the issuance of awards of restricted shares or options for up to a maximum of 1,650,000 common shares to employees and non-employees. All restricted shares or options are issued at the fair value on the date of grant. Options issued generally have a maximum term that ranges from 2 to 10 years and vesting provisions that range from 0 to 4 years. As of December 31, 2011, there are 558,000 shares available for future grant under this plan.

A summary of stock option activity under the 2000, 2003 and 2010 Plans as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended are presented below:

 

Stock Options   

Shares

(In thousands)

    Weighted Average
Exercise Price
    

Weighted Average
Remaining Term

(In years)

     Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
(In thousands)
 

Outstanding—December 31, 2010

     995      $ 1.46         

Exercised

     —          —            $ —     

Cancelled

     (105     1.50         
  

 

 

         

Outstanding—December 31, 2011

     890      $ 1.45         5.36       $ 21   
  

 

 

         

Exercisable—December 31, 2011

     890      $ 1.45         5.36       $ 21   
  

 

 

         

There were no options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $1,403,000 of total unrecognized compensation costs related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the 2000, 2003 and 2010 Plans. That cost is expected to be recognized ratably through July 2014.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, Newtek granted four employees an aggregate of 41,900 shares of restricted stock valued at $41,000. The grants vest on July 1, 2014. The fair values of these grants were determined using the fair value of the common shares at the grant date. The restricted shares are forfeitable upon early voluntary or involuntary termination of the employee. Upon vesting, the grantee will receive one common share for each restricted share vested. The Company charged $16,000 and $4,000 to operations in 2011 and 2010, respectively, in connection with the vesting period associated with these grants.

In March 2011, Newtek granted certain employees, executives and board of directors an aggregate of 1,142,000 shares of restricted stock valued at $1,941,000 or $1.70 per share. The fair value of these grants was determined using the fair value of the common shares at the grant date. The restricted shares are forfeitable upon early voluntary or involuntary termination of the employee. Upon vesting, the grantee will receive one common share for each restricted share vested. Under the terms of the plan, these share awards do not include voting rights until the shares vest. The grants are valued using the straight-line method and vest on July 1, 2014. As a result, the Company charged $464,000 to operations in 2011 in connection with the vesting period associated with these grants.

A summary of the status of Newtek’s non-vested restricted shares as of December 31, 2011 and changes during the year then ended is presented below:

 

Non-vested Restricted Shares    Number of
Shares

(in thousands)
    Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Non-vested—December 31, 2010

     42      $ 1.25   

Granted

     1,142      $ 1.70   

Vested and issued

     —        $ —     

Forfeited

     (50   $ 1.70   
  

 

 

   

Non-vested—December 31, 2011

     1,134      $ 1.68   
  

 

 

   

 

F-40


Table of Contents

NOTE 24—SEGMENT REPORTING:

Operating segments are organized internally primarily by the type of services provided. The Company has aggregated similar operating segments into six reportable segments: Electronic payment processing, Managed technology solutions, Small business finance, All other, Corporate and Capcos.

The Electronic payment processing segment is a processor of credit card transactions, as well as a marketer of credit card and check approval services to the small- and medium-sized business market. Expenses include direct costs (included in a separate line captioned electronic payment processing costs), professional fees, salaries and benefits, and other general and administrative costs, all of which are included in the respective caption on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Managed technology solutions segment consists of NTS, acquired in July 2004. NTS’s revenues are derived primarily from web hosting services and consist of web hosting and set up fees. NTS generates expenses such as professional fees, payroll and benefits, and depreciation and amortization, which are included in the respective caption on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations, as well as licenses and fees, rent, and general office expenses, all of which are included in other general and administrative costs in the respective caption on the consolidated statements of operations.

The Small business finance segment consists of Small Business Lending, Inc., a lender that primarily originates, sells and services government guaranteed SBA 7(a) loans to qualifying small businesses through NSBF, its licensed SBA lender; the Texas Whitestone Group which manages the Company’s Texas Capco; and NBC which provides accounts receivable financing, billing and accounts receivable maintenance services to businesses. NSBF generates revenues from sales of loans, servicing income for those loans retained or contracted to service by NSBF and interest income earned on the loans themselves. The lender generates expenses for interest, professional fees, salaries and benefits, depreciation and amortization, and provision for loan losses, all of which are included in the respective caption on the consolidated statements of operations. NSBF also has expenses such as loan recovery expenses, loan processing costs, and other expenses that are all included in the other general and administrative costs caption on the consolidated statements of operations.

The All other segment includes revenues and expenses primarily from qualified businesses that received investments made through the Company’s Capcos which cannot be aggregated with other operating segments. The two largest entities in the segment are Newtek Insurance Agency, LLC, an insurance sales operation, and Business Connect, LLC, a provider of sales and processing services.

Corporate activities represent revenue and expenses not allocated to our segments. Revenue includes interest income and management fees earned from Capcos (and included in expenses in the Capco segment). Expenses primarily include corporate operations related to broad-based sales and marketing, legal, finance, information technology, corporate development and additional costs associated with administering the Capcos.

The Capco segment, which consists of the twelve Capcos, generates non-cash income from tax credits, interest income and gains from investments in qualified businesses which are included in other income. Expenses primarily include non-cash interest and insurance expense, management fees paid to Newtek (and included in the Corporate activities revenues), legal, and auditing fees and losses from investments in qualified businesses.

Management has considered the following characteristics when making its determination of its operating and reportable segments:

 

 

the nature of the product and services;

 

 

the type or class of customer for their products and services;

 

 

the methods used to distribute their products or provide their services; and

 

 

the nature of the regulatory environment (for example, banking, insurance, or public utilities).

The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

The following table presents the Company’s segment information for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and total assets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in thousands):

 

     For the year
ended
December 31,
2011
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2010
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2009
 

Third Party Revenue

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ 82,486      $ 80,936      $ 69,688   

Managed technology solutions

     19,184        19,168        18,858   

Small business finance

     21,025        9,371        7,308   

All Other

     1,708        1,347        2,413   

Corporate activities

     1,092        2,257        3,210   

Capcos

     1,497        2,442        7,983   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     126,992        115,521        109,460   

Eliminations

     (1,653     (2,802     (3,749
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ 125,339      $ 112,719      $ 105,711   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inter Segment Revenue

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ 1,159      $ 814      $ 204   

Managed technology solutions

     647        524        366   

Small business finance

     81        65        89   

All Other

     1,135        3,942        563   

Corporate activities

     1,726        1,835        1,856   

Capco

     806        1,332        1,874   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     5,554        8,512        4,952   

Eliminations

     (5,554     (8,512     (4,952
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated Total

   $ —        $ —        $ —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ 6,451      $ 5,718      $ 4,353   

Managed technology solutions

     4,841        4,730        3,925   

Small business finance

     4,135        2,045        (2,295

All Other

     (861     (1,602     (368

Corporate activities

     (10,097     (6,816     (5,940

Capco

     (2,197     (3,198     (3,677
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reportable segments

     2,272        877        (4,002

Eliminations

     —          —          —     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 2,272      $ 877      $ (4,002
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and Amortization

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ 1,419      $ 1,632      $ 1,754   

Managed technology solutions

     1,387        1,828        2,575   

Small business finance

     893        790        931   

All Other

     80        135        130   

Corporate activities

     163        312        437   

Capco

     13        12        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   $ 3,955      $ 4,709      $ 5,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents
     For the year
ended
December 31,
2011
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2010
    For the year
ended
December 31,
2009
 

Interest (income) expense, net

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ (11   $ (12   $ (32

Managed technology solutions

     103        103        111   

Small business finance

     (515     169        (18

All Other

     (10     (61     (50

Corporate activities

     (21     (24     (32

Capco

     1,240        2,401        8,637   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consolidated total

   $ 786      $ 2,576      $ 8,616   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Identifiable assets

      

Electronic payment processing

   $ 10,722      $ 10,008     

Managed technology solutions

     10,838        11,403     

Small business finance

     80,797        95,177     

All Other

     2,878        4,447     

Corporate activities

     3,281        2,626     

Capco

     23,494        41,354     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

Consolidated total

   $ 132,010      $ 165,015     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

NOTE 25—QUARTERLY INFORMATION (UNAUDITED):

The following table sets forth certain unaudited consolidated quarterly statement of operations data from the eight quarters ended December 31, 2011. This information is unaudited, but in the opinion of management, it has been prepared substantially on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report, and all necessary adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been included in the amounts stated below. In addition, the amounts below have been restated to reflect the results of discontinued operations. The consolidated quarterly data should be read in conjunction with the current audited consolidated statements and notes thereto. The total of the quarterly EPS data may not equal to the full year results.

 

     Three Months Ended
(In Thousands, except Per Share Data)
 

2011

   3/31      6/30     9/30      12/31  

Total Revenue

   $ 30,523       $ 32,322      $ 30,657       $ 31,837   

Income before income taxes

   $ 834       $ 136      $ 335       $ 967   

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

   $ 509       $ (287   $ 880       $ 2,379   

Income (loss) per share—Basic and diluted

   $ 0.01       $ (0.01   $ 0.02       $ 0.08   

 

     Three Months Ended
(In Thousands, except Per Share Data)
 

2010

   3/31     6/30      9/30     12/31  

Total Revenue

   $ 25,853      $ 28,006       $ 29,202      $ 29,658   

(Loss) income before income taxes

   $ (874   $ 514       $ 248      $ 989   

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders

   $ (467   $ 931       $ (318   $ 1,293   

(Loss) income per share—Basic and diluted

   $ (0.01   $ 0.03       $ (0.01   $ 0.04   

 

F-43